2007-07-14 08:27:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% Pandoc User's Guide
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% John MacFarlane
|
2018-05-11 06:44:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% May 10, 2018
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Synopsis
|
|
|
|
|
|
========
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`pandoc` [*options*] [*input-file*]...
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
===========
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-15 05:24:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc is a [Haskell] library for converting from one markup format to
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
another, and a command-line tool that uses this library.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc can convert between numerous markup and word processing formats,
|
|
|
|
|
|
including, but not limited to, various flavors of [Markdown], [HTML],
|
|
|
|
|
|
[LaTeX] and [Word docx]. For the full lists of input and output formats,
|
|
|
|
|
|
see the `--from` and `--to` [options below][General options].
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc can also produce [PDF] output: see [creating a PDF], below.
|
2010-07-14 05:44:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc's enhanced version of Markdown includes syntax for [tables],
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[definition lists], [metadata blocks], [footnotes], [citations], [math],
|
|
|
|
|
|
and much more. See below under [Pandoc's Markdown].
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc has a modular design: it consists of a set of readers, which parse
|
|
|
|
|
|
text in a given format and produce a native representation of the document
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(an _abstract syntax tree_ or AST), and a set of writers, which convert
|
2006-10-27 05:16:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
this native representation into a target format. Thus, adding an input
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
or output format requires only adding a reader or writer. Users can also
|
|
|
|
|
|
run custom [pandoc filters] to modify the intermediate AST.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Because pandoc's intermediate representation of a document is less
|
2015-08-09 00:18:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
expressive than many of the formats it converts between, one should
|
|
|
|
|
|
not expect perfect conversions between every format and every other.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc attempts to preserve the structural elements of a document, but
|
|
|
|
|
|
not formatting details such as margin size. And some document elements,
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
such as complex tables, may not fit into pandoc's simple document
|
|
|
|
|
|
model. While conversions from pandoc's Markdown to all formats aspire
|
|
|
|
|
|
to be perfect, conversions from formats more expressive than pandoc's
|
2015-08-09 00:18:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown can be expected to be lossy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-21 06:22:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Using `pandoc`
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If no *input-files* are specified, input is read from *stdin*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Output goes to *stdout* by default. For output to a file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
use the `-o` option:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -o output.html input.txt
|
2006-10-27 05:16:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc produces a document fragment. To produce a standalone
|
|
|
|
|
|
document (e.g. a valid HTML file including `<head>` and `<body>`),
|
|
|
|
|
|
use the `-s` or `--standalone` flag:
|
2014-10-28 18:21:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -s -o output.html input.txt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information on how standalone documents are produced, see
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[Templates] below.
|
2017-02-05 11:28:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If multiple input files are given, `pandoc` will concatenate them all (with
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
blank lines between them) before parsing. (Use `--file-scope` to parse files
|
|
|
|
|
|
individually.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifying formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The format of the input and output can be specified explicitly using
|
|
|
|
|
|
command-line options. The input format can be specified using the
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-f/--from` option, the output format using the `-t/--to` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, to convert `hello.txt` from Markdown to LaTeX, you could type:
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f markdown -t latex hello.txt
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To convert `hello.html` from HTML to Markdown:
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f html -t markdown hello.html
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 17:41:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Supported input and output formats are listed below under [Options]
|
|
|
|
|
|
(see `-f` for input formats and `-t` for output formats). You
|
|
|
|
|
|
can also use `pandoc --list-input-formats` and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pandoc --list-output-formats` to print lists of supported
|
|
|
|
|
|
formats.
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the input or output format is not specified explicitly, `pandoc`
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
will attempt to guess it from the extensions of the filenames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, for example,
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -o hello.tex hello.txt
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
will convert `hello.txt` from Markdown to LaTeX. If no output file
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
is specified (so that output goes to *stdout*), or if the output file's
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
extension is unknown, the output format will default to HTML.
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If no input file is specified (so that input comes from *stdin*), or
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if the input files' extensions are unknown, the input format will
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
be assumed to be Markdown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character encoding
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
2006-12-28 03:20:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc uses the UTF-8 character encoding for both input and output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If your local character encoding is not UTF-8, you
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
should pipe input and output through [`iconv`]:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
iconv -t utf-8 input.txt | pandoc | iconv -f utf-8
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-10-28 18:21:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note that in some output formats (such as HTML, LaTeX, ConTeXt,
|
|
|
|
|
|
RTF, OPML, DocBook, and Texinfo), information about
|
|
|
|
|
|
the character encoding is included in the document header, which
|
|
|
|
|
|
will only be included if you use the `-s/--standalone` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`iconv`]: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 20:41:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Creating a PDF
|
2010-02-06 19:55:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
--------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To produce a PDF, specify an output file with a `.pdf` extension:
|
2012-01-21 23:24:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 20:41:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc test.txt -o test.pdf
|
2012-01-21 23:24:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc will use LaTeX to create the PDF, which requires
|
|
|
|
|
|
that a LaTeX engine be installed (see `--pdf-engine` below).
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, pandoc can use [ConTeXt], `pdfroff`, or any of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
following HTML/CSS-to-PDF-engines, to create a PDF: [`wkhtmltopdf`],
|
2017-09-12 17:15:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`weasyprint`] or [`prince`].
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
To do this, specify an output file with a `.pdf` extension, as before,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but add the `--pdf-engine` option or `-t context`, `-t html`, or `-t ms`
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the command line (`-t html` defaults to `--pdf-engine=wkhtmltopdf`).
|
2015-10-20 17:15:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 02:22:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
PDF output can be controlled using [variables for LaTeX] (if
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX is used) and [variables for ConTeXt] (if ConTeXt is used).
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
When using an HTML/CSS-to-PDF-engine, `--css` affects the output.
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If `wkhtmltopdf` is used, then the variables `margin-left`,
|
2018-01-21 19:21:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`margin-right`, `margin-top`, `margin-bottom`, `footer-html`,
|
2018-01-10 04:58:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`header-html` and `papersize` will affect the output.
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To debug the PDF creation, it can be useful to look at the intermediate
|
|
|
|
|
|
representation: instead of `-o test.pdf`, use for example `-s -o test.tex`
|
|
|
|
|
|
to output the generated LaTeX. You can then test it with `pdflatex test.tex`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using LaTeX, the following packages need to be available
|
|
|
|
|
|
(they are included with all recent versions of [TeX Live]):
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`amsfonts`], [`amsmath`], [`lm`], [`unicode-math`],
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`ifxetex`], [`ifluatex`], [`listings`] (if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--listings` option is used), [`fancyvrb`], [`longtable`],
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`booktabs`], [`graphicx`] and [`grffile`] (if the document
|
2017-12-29 17:41:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
contains images), [`hyperref`], [`xcolor`] (with `colorlinks`),
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`ulem`], [`geometry`] (with the `geometry` variable set),
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`setspace`] (with `linestretch`), and
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[`babel`] (with `lang`). The use of `xelatex` or `lualatex` as
|
|
|
|
|
|
the LaTeX engine requires [`fontspec`]. `xelatex` uses
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`polyglossia`] (with `lang`), [`xecjk`], and [`bidi`] (with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`dir` variable set). If the `mathspec` variable is set,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`xelatex` will use [`mathspec`] instead of [`unicode-math`].
|
|
|
|
|
|
The [`upquote`] and [`microtype`] packages are used if
|
|
|
|
|
|
available, and [`csquotes`] will be used for [typography]
|
|
|
|
|
|
if added to the template or included in any header file. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`natbib`], [`biblatex`], [`bibtex`], and [`biber`] packages can
|
|
|
|
|
|
optionally be used for [citation rendering].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`amsfonts`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/amsfonts
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`amsmath`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`lm`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/lm
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`ifxetex`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/ifxetex
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`ifluatex`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/ifluatex
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`listings`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/listings
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`fancyvrb`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`longtable`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/longtable
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`booktabs`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`graphicx`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`grffile`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/grffile
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`geometry`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/geometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`setspace`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/setspace
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`xecjk`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/xecjk
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`hyperref`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`ulem`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/ulem
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`babel`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/babel
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`bidi`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/bidi
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`mathspec`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec
|
2017-02-06 10:50:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[`unicode-math`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`polyglossia`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`fontspec`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`upquote`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/upquote
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`microtype`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/microtype
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`csquotes`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/csquotes
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`natbib`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`biblatex`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`bibtex`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`biber`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/biber
|
|
|
|
|
|
[TeX Live]: http://www.tug.org/texlive/
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`wkhtmltopdf`]: https://wkhtmltopdf.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`weasyprint`]: http://weasyprint.org
|
2017-09-12 17:15:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`prince`]: https://www.princexml.com/
|
2010-02-06 19:55:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Reading from the Web
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of an input file, an absolute URI may be given. In this case
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc will fetch the content using HTTP:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f html -t markdown http://www.fsf.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is possible to supply a custom User-Agent string or other
|
|
|
|
|
|
header when requesting a document from a URL:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f html -t markdown --request-header User-Agent:"Mozilla/5.0" \
|
|
|
|
|
|
http://www.fsf.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
=======
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
General options
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-f` *FORMAT*, `-r` *FORMAT*, `--from=`*FORMAT*, `--read=`*FORMAT*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify input format. *FORMAT* can be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
::: {#input-formats}
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- `commonmark` ([CommonMark] Markdown)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `creole` ([Creole 1.0])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `docbook` ([DocBook])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `docx` ([Word docx])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `epub` ([EPUB])
|
2018-04-26 21:35:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- `fb2` ([FictionBook2] e-book)
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- `gfm` ([GitHub-Flavored Markdown]),
|
|
|
|
|
|
or `markdown_github`, which provides deprecated and less accurate
|
|
|
|
|
|
support for Github-Flavored Markdown; please use `gfm` instead,
|
|
|
|
|
|
unless you need to use extensions other than `smart`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `haddock` ([Haddock markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `html` ([HTML])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `jats` ([JATS] XML)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `json` (JSON version of native AST)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `latex` ([LaTeX])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown` ([Pandoc's Markdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_mmd` ([MultiMarkdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_phpextra` ([PHP Markdown Extra])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_strict` (original unextended [Markdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `mediawiki` ([MediaWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `muse` ([Muse])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `native` (native Haskell)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `odt` ([ODT])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `opml` ([OPML])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `org` ([Emacs Org mode])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `rst` ([reStructuredText])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `t2t` ([txt2tags])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `textile` ([Textile])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `tikiwiki` ([TikiWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `twiki` ([TWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `vimwiki` ([Vimwiki])
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
:::
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Extensions can be individually enabled or disabled by
|
|
|
|
|
|
appending `+EXTENSION` or `-EXTENSION` to the format name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See [Extensions] below, for a list of extensions and
|
2016-10-23 21:18:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
their names. See `--list-input-formats` and `--list-extensions`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
below.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-t` *FORMAT*, `-w` *FORMAT*, `--to=`*FORMAT*, `--write=`*FORMAT*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify output format. *FORMAT* can be:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
::: {#output-formats}
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- `asciidoc` ([AsciiDoc])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `beamer` ([LaTeX beamer][`beamer`] slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `commonmark` ([CommonMark] Markdown)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `context` ([ConTeXt])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `docbook` or `docbook4` ([DocBook] 4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `docbook5` (DocBook 5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `docx` ([Word docx])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `dokuwiki` ([DokuWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `epub` or `epub3` ([EPUB] v3 book)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `epub2` (EPUB v2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `fb2` ([FictionBook2] e-book)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `gfm` ([GitHub-Flavored Markdown]),
|
|
|
|
|
|
or `markdown_github`, which provides deprecated and less accurate
|
|
|
|
|
|
support for Github-Flavored Markdown; please use `gfm` instead,
|
|
|
|
|
|
unless you use extensions that do not work with `gfm`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `haddock` ([Haddock markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `html` or `html5` ([HTML], i.e. [HTML5]/XHTML [polyglot markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `html4` ([XHTML] 1.0 Transitional)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `icml` ([InDesign ICML])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `jats` ([JATS] XML)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `json` (JSON version of native AST)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `latex` ([LaTeX])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `man` ([groff man])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown` ([Pandoc's Markdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_mmd` ([MultiMarkdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_phpextra` ([PHP Markdown Extra])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `markdown_strict` (original unextended [Markdown])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `mediawiki` ([MediaWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `ms` ([groff ms])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `muse` ([Muse]),
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `native` (native Haskell),
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `odt` ([OpenOffice text document][ODT])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `opml` ([OPML])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `opendocument` ([OpenDocument])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `org` ([Emacs Org mode])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `plain` (plain text),
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `pptx` ([PowerPoint] slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `rst` ([reStructuredText])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `rtf` ([Rich Text Format])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `texinfo` ([GNU Texinfo])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `textile` ([Textile])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `slideous` ([Slideous] HTML and JavaScript slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `slidy` ([Slidy] HTML and JavaScript slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `dzslides` ([DZSlides] HTML5 + JavaScript slide show),
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `revealjs` ([reveal.js] HTML5 + JavaScript slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `s5` ([S5] HTML and JavaScript slide show)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `tei` ([TEI Simple])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `zimwiki` ([ZimWiki markup])
|
|
|
|
|
|
- the path of a custom lua writer, see [Custom writers] below
|
2018-04-22 20:36:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
:::
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that `odt`, `docx`, and `epub` output will not be directed
|
|
|
|
|
|
to *stdout* unless forced with `-o -`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensions can be individually enabled or
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
disabled by appending `+EXTENSION` or `-EXTENSION` to the format
|
|
|
|
|
|
name. See [Extensions] below, for a list of extensions and their
|
|
|
|
|
|
names. See `--list-output-formats` and `--list-extensions`, below.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-o` *FILE*, `--output=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Write output to *FILE* instead of *stdout*. If *FILE* is
|
2017-08-16 18:45:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`-`, output will go to *stdout*, even if a non-textual format
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`docx`, `odt`, `epub2`, `epub3`) is specified.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--data-dir=`*DIRECTORY*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the user data directory to search for pandoc data files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this option is not specified, the default user data directory
|
2017-08-23 22:48:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
will be used. This is, in UNIX:
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
$HOME/.pandoc
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
in Windows XP:
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
C:\Documents And Settings\USERNAME\Application Data\pandoc
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
and in Windows Vista or later:
|
2013-02-08 04:48:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
C:\Users\USERNAME\AppData\Roaming\pandoc
|
2013-02-08 04:48:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
You can find the default user data directory on your system by
|
|
|
|
|
|
looking at the output of `pandoc --version`.
|
2015-08-25 22:35:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
A `reference.odt`, `reference.docx`, `epub.css`, `templates`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`slidy`, `slideous`, or `s5` directory
|
2012-05-24 10:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
placed in this directory will override pandoc's normal defaults.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--bash-completion`
|
2015-08-14 00:24:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Generate a bash completion script. To enable bash completion
|
2015-08-14 00:24:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
with pandoc, add this to your `.bashrc`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
eval "$(pandoc --bash-completion)"
|
2015-08-14 00:24:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-26 19:19:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--verbose`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-12-26 19:19:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Give verbose debugging output. Currently this only has an effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
with PDF output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-03 17:17:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--quiet`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Suppress warning messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-04 09:43:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--fail-if-warnings`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Exit with error status if there are any warnings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-11 09:59:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--log=`*FILE*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Write log messages in machine-readable JSON format to
|
|
|
|
|
|
*FILE*. All messages above DEBUG level will be written,
|
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of verbosity settings (`--verbose`, `--quiet`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-23 21:18:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--list-input-formats`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: List supported input formats, one per line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--list-output-formats`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: List supported output formats, one per line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 21:25:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--list-extensions`[`=`*FORMAT*]
|
2016-10-23 21:18:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 10:36:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: List supported extensions, one per line, preceded
|
2016-10-23 21:18:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
by a `+` or `-` indicating whether it is enabled by default
|
2017-12-28 21:12:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
in *FORMAT*. If *FORMAT* is not specified, defaults for
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc's Markdown are given.
|
2016-10-23 21:18:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--list-highlight-languages`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: List supported languages for syntax highlighting, one per
|
|
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--list-highlight-styles`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: List supported styles for syntax highlighting, one per line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See `--highlight-style`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-v`, `--version`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Print version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-h`, `--help`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Show usage message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-22 19:37:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Markdown]: http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[CommonMark]: http://commonmark.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PHP Markdown Extra]: https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[GitHub-Flavored Markdown]: https://help.github.com/articles/github-flavored-markdown/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[MultiMarkdown]: http://fletcherpenney.net/multimarkdown/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[reStructuredText]: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/introduction.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[S5]: http://meyerweb.com/eric/tools/s5/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Slidy]: http://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Slideous]: http://goessner.net/articles/slideous/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[HTML]: http://www.w3.org/html/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[HTML5]: http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[polyglot markup]: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-polyglot/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[XHTML]: http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[LaTeX]: http://latex-project.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`beamer`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Beamer User's Guide]: http://ctan.math.utah.edu/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt]: http://www.contextgarden.net/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Rich Text Format]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rich_Text_Format
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DocBook]: http://docbook.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[JATS]: https://jats.nlm.nih.gov
|
|
|
|
|
|
[txt2tags]: http://txt2tags.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[EPUB]: http://idpf.org/epub
|
|
|
|
|
|
[OPML]: http://dev.opml.org/spec2.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[OpenDocument]: http://opendocument.xml.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ODT]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Textile]: http://redcloth.org/textile
|
|
|
|
|
|
[MediaWiki markup]: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DokuWiki markup]: https://www.dokuwiki.org/dokuwiki
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ZimWiki markup]: http://zim-wiki.org/manual/Help/Wiki_Syntax.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[TWiki markup]: http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/TWiki/TextFormattingRules
|
|
|
|
|
|
[TikiWiki markup]: https://doc.tiki.org/Wiki-Syntax-Text#The_Markup_Language_Wiki-Syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Haddock markup]: https://www.haskell.org/haddock/doc/html/ch03s08.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Creole 1.0]: http://www.wikicreole.org/wiki/Creole1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
[groff man]: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/groff_man.7.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[groff ms]: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/groff_ms.7.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Haskell]: https://www.haskell.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[GNU Texinfo]: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Emacs Org mode]: http://orgmode.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[AsciiDoc]: http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[DZSlides]: http://paulrouget.com/dzslides/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Word docx]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Office_Open_XML
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PDF]: https://www.adobe.com/pdf/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[reveal.js]: http://lab.hakim.se/reveal-js/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[FictionBook2]: http://www.fictionbook.org/index.php/Eng:XML_Schema_Fictionbook_2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
[InDesign ICML]: http://wwwimages.adobe.com/www.adobe.com/content/dam/acom/en/devnet/indesign/sdk/cs6/idml/idml-cookbook.pdf
|
|
|
|
|
|
[TEI Simple]: https://github.com/TEIC/TEI-Simple
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Muse]: https://amusewiki.org/library/manual
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PowerPoint]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_PowerPoint
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Vimwiki]: https://vimwiki.github.io
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Reader options
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--base-header-level=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the base level for headers (defaults to 1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-03 00:21:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--strip-empty-paragraphs`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-04 19:31:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: *Deprecated. Use the `+empty_paragraphs` extension instead.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ignore paragraphs with no content. This option is useful
|
2017-12-03 00:21:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
for converting word processing documents where users have
|
|
|
|
|
|
used empty paragraphs to create inter-paragraph space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--indented-code-classes=`*CLASSES*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify classes to use for indented code blocks--for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`perl,numberLines` or `haskell`. Multiple classes may be separated
|
|
|
|
|
|
by spaces or commas.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-06 05:08:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--default-image-extension=`*EXTENSION*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-06 17:36:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify a default extension to use when image paths/URLs have no
|
|
|
|
|
|
extension. This allows you to use the same source for formats that
|
|
|
|
|
|
require different kinds of images. Currently this option only affects
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
the Markdown and LaTeX readers.
|
2013-02-06 05:08:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-21 04:04:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--file-scope`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Parse each file individually before combining for multifile
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents. This will allow footnotes in different files with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same identifiers to work as expected. If this option is set,
|
|
|
|
|
|
footnotes and links will not work across files. Reading binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
files (docx, odt, epub) implies `--file-scope`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-21 15:32:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--filter=`*PROGRAM*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-08 20:09:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify an executable to be used as a filter transforming the
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc AST after the input is parsed and before the output is
|
2013-08-08 20:09:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
written. The executable should read JSON from stdin and write
|
|
|
|
|
|
JSON to stdout. The JSON must be formatted like pandoc's own
|
2013-08-19 00:58:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
JSON input and output. The name of the output format will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
passed to the filter as the first argument. Hence,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc --filter ./caps.py -t latex
|
2013-08-19 00:58:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -t json | ./caps.py latex | pandoc -f json -t latex
|
2013-08-19 00:58:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The latter form may be useful for debugging filters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Filters may be written in any language. `Text.Pandoc.JSON`
|
|
|
|
|
|
exports `toJSONFilter` to facilitate writing filters in Haskell.
|
2013-09-06 04:55:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Those who would prefer to write filters in python can use the
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
module [`pandocfilters`], installable from PyPI. There are also
|
2016-09-27 18:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc filter libraries in [PHP], [perl], and
|
2017-10-27 07:43:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[JavaScript/node.js].
|
2016-09-27 18:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order of preference, pandoc will look for filters in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. a specified full or relative path (executable or
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-executable)
|
2016-09-28 11:12:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-27 18:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2. `$DATADIR/filters` (executable or non-executable)
|
2017-10-18 17:51:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
where `$DATADIR` is the user data directory (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--data-dir`, above).
|
2016-09-28 11:12:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-27 18:25:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
3. `$PATH` (executable only)
|
2013-08-08 20:09:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-26 19:33:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Filters and lua-filters are applied in the order specified
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-20 15:17:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--lua-filter=`*SCRIPT*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Transform the document in a similar fashion as JSON filters (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--filter`), but use pandoc's build-in lua filtering system. The given
|
|
|
|
|
|
lua script is expected to return a list of lua filters which will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
applied in order. Each lua filter must contain element-transforming
|
|
|
|
|
|
functions indexed by the name of the AST element on which the filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
function should be applied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `pandoc` lua module provides helper functions for element
|
|
|
|
|
|
creation. It is always loaded into the script's lua environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is an example lua script for macro-expansion:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
function expand_hello_world(inline)
|
|
|
|
|
|
if inline.c == '{{helloworld}}' then
|
|
|
|
|
|
return pandoc.Emph{ pandoc.Str "Hello, World" }
|
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
|
return inline
|
|
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
|
|
end
|
2017-03-20 15:17:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
return {{Str = expand_hello_world}}
|
2017-03-20 15:17:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-26 19:12:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
In order of preference, pandoc will look for lua filters in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. a specified full or relative path (executable or
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-executable)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. `$DATADIR/filters` (executable or non-executable)
|
|
|
|
|
|
where `$DATADIR` is the user data directory (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--data-dir`, above).
|
2017-03-20 15:17:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`-M` *KEY*[`=`*VAL*], `--metadata=`*KEY*[`:`*VAL*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-20 06:01:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Set the metadata field *KEY* to the value *VAL*. A value specified
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
on the command line overrides a value specified in the document
|
2018-05-02 11:09:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
using [YAML metadata blocks][Extension: `yaml_metadata_block`].
|
2013-09-20 06:01:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Values will be parsed as YAML boolean or string values. If no value is
|
2013-09-20 06:04:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
specified, the value will be treated as Boolean true. Like
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--variable`, `--metadata` causes template variables to be set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
But unlike `--variable`, `--metadata` affects the metadata of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
underlying document (which is accessible from filters and may be
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
printed in some output formats) and metadata values will be escaped
|
|
|
|
|
|
when inserted into the template.
|
2013-09-02 01:22:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-p`, `--preserve-tabs`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Preserve tabs instead of converting them to spaces (the default).
|
2012-07-22 19:42:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that this will only affect tabs in literal code spans and code
|
|
|
|
|
|
blocks; tabs in regular text will be treated as spaces.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--tab-stop=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the number of spaces per tab (default is 4).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--track-changes=accept`|`reject`|`all`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-23 16:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specifies what to do with insertions, deletions, and comments
|
|
|
|
|
|
produced by the MS Word "Track Changes" feature. `accept` (the
|
|
|
|
|
|
default), inserts all insertions, and ignores all
|
|
|
|
|
|
deletions. `reject` inserts all deletions and ignores
|
|
|
|
|
|
insertions. Both `accept` and `reject` ignore comments. `all` puts
|
|
|
|
|
|
in insertions, deletions, and comments, wrapped in spans with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`insertion`, `deletion`, `comment-start`, and `comment-end`
|
2014-06-25 22:01:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
classes, respectively. The author and time of change is
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
included. `all` is useful for scripting: only accepting changes
|
2018-01-02 17:56:53 +01:00
|
|
|
|
from a certain reviewer, say, or before a certain date. If a
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph is inserted or deleted, `track-changes=all` produces a
|
|
|
|
|
|
span with the class `paragraph-insertion`/`paragraph-deletion`
|
|
|
|
|
|
before the affected paragraph break. This option only affects the
|
|
|
|
|
|
docx reader.
|
2014-07-30 20:44:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--extract-media=`*DIR*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-07 11:56:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Extract images and other media contained in or linked from
|
|
|
|
|
|
the source document to the path *DIR*, creating it if
|
|
|
|
|
|
necessary, and adjust the images references in the document
|
|
|
|
|
|
so they point to the extracted files. If the source format is
|
|
|
|
|
|
a binary container (docx, epub, or odt), the media is
|
|
|
|
|
|
extracted from the container and the original
|
|
|
|
|
|
filenames are used. Otherwise the media is read from the
|
|
|
|
|
|
file system or downloaded, and new filenames are constructed
|
|
|
|
|
|
based on SHA1 hashes of the contents.
|
2014-06-25 22:01:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-16 22:23:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--abbreviations=`*FILE*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Specifies a custom abbreviations file, with abbreviations
|
|
|
|
|
|
one to a line. If this option is not specified, pandoc will
|
|
|
|
|
|
read the data file `abbreviations` from the user data
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory or fall back on a system default. To see the
|
|
|
|
|
|
system default, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pandoc --print-default-data-file=abbreviations`. The only
|
|
|
|
|
|
use pandoc makes of this list is in the Markdown reader.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strings ending in a period that are found in this list will
|
|
|
|
|
|
be followed by a nonbreaking space, so that the period will
|
|
|
|
|
|
not produce sentence-ending space in formats like LaTeX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`pandocfilters`]: https://github.com/jgm/pandocfilters
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PHP]: https://github.com/vinai/pandocfilters-php
|
|
|
|
|
|
[perl]: https://metacpan.org/pod/Pandoc::Filter
|
2017-10-27 07:43:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[JavaScript/node.js]: https://github.com/mvhenderson/pandoc-filter-node
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
General writer options
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-s`, `--standalone`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Produce output with an appropriate header and footer (e.g. a
|
2016-01-09 02:33:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
standalone HTML, LaTeX, TEI, or RTF file, not a fragment). This option
|
2012-11-03 01:46:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
is set automatically for `pdf`, `epub`, `epub3`, `fb2`, `docx`, and `odt`
|
2018-05-03 18:40:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
output. For `native` output, this option causes metadata to
|
|
|
|
|
|
be included; otherwise, metadata is suppressed.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--template=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use *FILE* as a custom template for the generated document. Implies
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--standalone`. See [Templates], below, for a description
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
of template syntax. If no extension is specified, an extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding to the writer will be added, so that `--template=special`
|
|
|
|
|
|
looks for `special.html` for HTML output. If the template is not
|
2015-07-04 18:29:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
found, pandoc will search for it in the `templates` subdirectory of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the user data directory (see `--data-dir`). If this option is not used,
|
|
|
|
|
|
a default template appropriate for the output format will be used (see
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-D/--print-default-template`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`-V` *KEY*[`=`*VAL*], `--variable=`*KEY*[`:`*VAL*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Set the template variable *KEY* to the value *VAL* when rendering the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document in standalone mode. This is generally only useful when the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--template` option is used to specify a custom template, since
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc automatically sets the variables used in the default
|
2012-03-09 19:45:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
templates. If no *VAL* is specified, the key will be given the
|
|
|
|
|
|
value `true`.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-D` *FORMAT*, `--print-default-template=`*FORMAT*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-14 06:51:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Print the system default template for an output *FORMAT*. (See `-t`
|
|
|
|
|
|
for a list of possible *FORMAT*s.) Templates in the user data
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory are ignored.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-14 03:25:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--print-default-data-file=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-14 06:51:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Print a system default data file. Files in the user data directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
are ignored.
|
2013-04-03 06:08:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-22 10:10:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--eol=crlf`|`lf`|`native`
|
2017-05-17 15:13:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-22 10:10:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Manually specify line endings: `crlf` (Windows), `lf`
|
2017-08-23 22:48:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(macOS/Linux/UNIX), or `native` (line endings appropriate
|
2017-05-22 10:10:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
to the OS on which pandoc is being run). The default is
|
|
|
|
|
|
`native`.
|
2017-05-17 15:13:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--dpi`=*NUMBER*
|
2017-05-17 15:13:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the dpi (dots per inch) value for conversion from pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
to inch/centimeters and vice versa. The default is 96dpi.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technically, the correct term would be ppi (pixels per inch).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-12 11:15:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--wrap=auto`|`none`|`preserve`
|
2015-12-12 00:58:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Determine how text is wrapped in the output (the source
|
|
|
|
|
|
code, not the rendered version). With `auto` (the default),
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc will attempt to wrap lines to the column width specified by
|
2016-12-16 09:10:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--columns` (default 72). With `none`, pandoc will not wrap
|
2015-12-12 00:58:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
lines at all. With `preserve`, pandoc will attempt to
|
|
|
|
|
|
preserve the wrapping from the source document (that is,
|
|
|
|
|
|
where there are nonsemantic newlines in the source, there
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be nonsemantic newlines in the output as well).
|
2016-12-16 09:13:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Automatic wrapping does not currently work in HTML output.
|
2015-12-12 00:58:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--columns=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-09 00:00:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify length of lines in characters. This affects text wrapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the generated source code (see `--wrap`). It also affects
|
|
|
|
|
|
calculation of column widths for plain text tables (see [Tables] below).
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--toc`, `--table-of-contents`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Include an automatically generated table of contents (or, in
|
2017-06-26 16:30:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
the case of `latex`, `context`, `docx`, `odt`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`opendocument`, `rst`, or `ms`, an instruction to create
|
|
|
|
|
|
one) in the output document. This option has no effect on
|
|
|
|
|
|
`man`, `docbook4`, `docbook5`, or `jats` output.
|
2011-01-12 05:37:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-05 21:03:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--toc-depth=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-05 20:34:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the number of section levels to include in the table
|
|
|
|
|
|
of contents. The default is 3 (which means that level 1, 2, and 3
|
2013-07-03 21:47:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
headers will be listed in the contents).
|
2013-01-05 20:34:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-17 21:49:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--strip-comments`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Strip out HTML comments in the Markdown or Textile source,
|
|
|
|
|
|
rather than passing them on to Markdown, Textile or HTML
|
|
|
|
|
|
output as raw HTML. This does not apply to HTML comments
|
|
|
|
|
|
inside raw HTML blocks when the `markdown_in_html_blocks`
|
|
|
|
|
|
extension is not set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-28 08:46:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--no-highlight`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-28 08:46:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Disables syntax highlighting for code blocks and inlines, even when
|
|
|
|
|
|
a language attribute is given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-01 22:27:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--highlight-style=`*STYLE*|*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-28 08:46:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specifies the coloring style to be used in highlighted source code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options are `pygments` (the default), `kate`, `monochrome`,
|
2017-01-19 15:59:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`breezeDark`, `espresso`, `zenburn`, `haddock`, and `tango`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information on syntax highlighting in pandoc, see
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Syntax highlighting], below. See also
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--list-highlight-styles`.
|
2011-12-28 08:46:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-01 22:27:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Instead of a *STYLE* name, a JSON file with extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
`.theme` may be supplied. This will be parsed as a KDE
|
|
|
|
|
|
syntax highlighting theme and (if valid) used as the
|
2017-11-28 22:35:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
highlighting style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To generate the JSON version of an existing style,
|
|
|
|
|
|
use `--print-highlight-style`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--print-highlight-style=`*STYLE*|*FILE*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Prints a JSON version of a highlighting style, which can
|
|
|
|
|
|
be modified, saved with a `.theme` extension, and used
|
|
|
|
|
|
with `--highlight-style`.
|
2017-04-01 22:27:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-30 21:51:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--syntax-definition=`*FILE*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Instructs pandoc to load a KDE XML syntax definition file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which will be used for syntax highlighting of appropriately
|
|
|
|
|
|
marked code blocks. This can be used to add support for
|
|
|
|
|
|
new languages or to use altered syntax definitions for
|
|
|
|
|
|
existing languages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-H` *FILE*, `--include-in-header=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Include contents of *FILE*, verbatim, at the end of the header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can be used, for example, to include special
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
CSS or JavaScript in HTML documents. This option can be used
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
repeatedly to include multiple files in the header. They will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in the order specified. Implies `--standalone`.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-B` *FILE*, `--include-before-body=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Include contents of *FILE*, verbatim, at the beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document body (e.g. after the `<body>` tag in HTML, or the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\begin{document}` command in LaTeX). This can be used to include
|
|
|
|
|
|
navigation bars or banners in HTML documents. This option can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
used repeatedly to include multiple files. They will be included in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the order specified. Implies `--standalone`.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-A` *FILE*, `--include-after-body=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Include contents of *FILE*, verbatim, at the end of the document
|
|
|
|
|
|
body (before the `</body>` tag in HTML, or the
|
2016-02-20 20:33:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`\end{document}` command in LaTeX). This option can be used
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
repeatedly to include multiple files. They will be included in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
order specified. Implies `--standalone`.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-20 21:43:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--resource-path=`*SEARCHPATH*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: List of paths to search for images and other resources.
|
2017-08-23 22:48:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The paths should be separated by `:` on Linux, UNIX, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
macOS systems, and by `;` on Windows. If `--resource-path`
|
2017-05-21 08:59:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
is not specified, the default resource path is the working
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory. Note that, if `--resource-path` is specified,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the working directory must be explicitly listed or it
|
|
|
|
|
|
will not be searched. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--resource-path=.:test` will search the working directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the `test` subdirectory, in that order.
|
2017-05-20 21:43:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-16 07:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--request-header=`*NAME*`:`*VAL*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Set the request header *NAME* to the value *VAL* when making
|
|
|
|
|
|
HTTP requests (for example, when a URL is given on the
|
|
|
|
|
|
command line, or when resources used in a document must be
|
|
|
|
|
|
downloaded).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Options affecting specific writers
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-22 00:36:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--self-contained`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-22 00:55:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Produce a standalone HTML file with no external dependencies, using
|
2011-11-24 19:04:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`data:` URIs to incorporate the contents of linked scripts, stylesheets,
|
2018-01-28 20:25:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
images, and videos. Implies `--standalone`. The resulting file should be
|
|
|
|
|
|
"self-contained," in the sense that it needs no external files and no net
|
|
|
|
|
|
access to be displayed properly by a browser. This option works only with
|
|
|
|
|
|
HTML output formats, including `html4`, `html5`, `html+lhs`, `html5+lhs`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`s5`, `slidy`, `slideous`, `dzslides`, and `revealjs`. Scripts, images,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and stylesheets at absolute URLs will be downloaded; those at relative
|
|
|
|
|
|
URLs will be sought relative to the working directory (if the first source
|
2014-08-30 20:09:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
file is local) or relative to the base URL (if the first source
|
2017-02-26 22:48:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
file is remote). Elements with the attribute
|
|
|
|
|
|
`data-external="1"` will be left alone; the documents they
|
|
|
|
|
|
link to will not be incorporated in the document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limitation: resources that are loaded dynamically through
|
|
|
|
|
|
JavaScript cannot be incorporated; as a result,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--self-contained` does not work with `--mathjax`, and some
|
|
|
|
|
|
advanced features (e.g. zoom or speaker notes) may not work
|
|
|
|
|
|
in an offline "self-contained" `reveal.js` slide show.
|
2011-11-22 00:36:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-16 03:50:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--html-q-tags`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-16 03:50:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use `<q>` tags for quotes in HTML.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-05 23:58:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--ascii`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-26 18:44:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use only ASCII characters in output. Currently supported for
|
|
|
|
|
|
XML and HTML formats (which use numerical entities instead of
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8 when this option is selected) and for groff ms and man
|
|
|
|
|
|
(which use hexadecimal escapes).
|
2012-02-05 23:58:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--reference-links`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use reference-style links, rather than inline links, in writing Markdown
|
2016-10-12 11:13:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
or reStructuredText. By default inline links are used. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
placement of link references is affected by the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--reference-location` option.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-12 11:15:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--reference-location = block`|`section`|`document`
|
2016-10-12 04:30:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Specify whether footnotes (and references, if `reference-links` is
|
|
|
|
|
|
set) are placed at the end of the current (top-level) block, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
current section, or the document. The default is
|
|
|
|
|
|
`document`. Currently only affects the markdown writer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-27 08:55:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--atx-headers`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use ATX-style headers in Markdown and AsciiDoc output. The default is
|
2013-05-31 02:01:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
to use setext-style headers for levels 1-2, and then ATX headers.
|
2017-11-04 18:35:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(Note: for `gfm` output, ATX headers are always used.)
|
2012-01-27 08:55:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-27 20:31:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--top-level-division=[default|section|chapter|part]`
|
2016-10-19 13:12:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Treat top-level headers as the given division type in LaTeX, ConTeXt,
|
|
|
|
|
|
DocBook, and TEI output. The hierarchy order is part, chapter, then section;
|
|
|
|
|
|
all headers are shifted such that the top-level header becomes the specified
|
2016-11-27 20:31:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
type. The default behavior is to determine the best division type via
|
|
|
|
|
|
heuristics: unless other conditions apply, `section` is chosen. When the
|
|
|
|
|
|
LaTeX document class is set to `report`, `book`, or `memoir` (unless the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`article` option is specified), `chapter` is implied as the setting for this
|
|
|
|
|
|
option. If `beamer` is the output format, specifying either `chapter` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`part` will cause top-level headers to become `\part{..}`, while
|
|
|
|
|
|
second-level headers remain as their default type.
|
2016-09-06 21:43:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-N`, `--number-sections`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-23 05:03:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Number section headings in LaTeX, ConTeXt, HTML, or EPUB output.
|
2013-03-03 06:12:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
By default, sections are not numbered. Sections with class
|
|
|
|
|
|
`unnumbered` will never be numbered, even if `--number-sections`
|
|
|
|
|
|
is specified.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--number-offset=`*NUMBER*[`,`*NUMBER*`,`*...*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-24 03:11:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Offset for section headings in HTML output (ignored in other
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats). The first number is added to the section number for
|
|
|
|
|
|
top-level headers, the second for second-level headers, and so on.
|
2013-02-24 03:39:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
So, for example, if you want the first top-level header in your
|
|
|
|
|
|
document to be numbered "6", specify `--number-offset=5`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If your document starts with a level-2 header which you want to
|
|
|
|
|
|
be numbered "1.5", specify `--number-offset=1,4`.
|
2013-02-24 03:11:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Offsets are 0 by default. Implies `--number-sections`.
|
2013-02-23 04:42:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 23:54:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--listings`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use the [`listings`] package for LaTeX code blocks
|
2011-01-17 23:54:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-i`, `--incremental`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Make list items in slide shows display incrementally (one by one).
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is for lists to be displayed all at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--slide-level=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specifies that headers with the specified level create
|
2012-05-24 10:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
slides (for `beamer`, `s5`, `slidy`, `slideous`, `dzslides`). Headers
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
above this level in the hierarchy are used to divide the
|
|
|
|
|
|
slide show into sections; headers below this level create
|
2017-02-22 14:04:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
subheads within a slide. Note that content that is
|
|
|
|
|
|
not contained under slide-level headers will not appear in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the slide show. The default is to set the slide level based
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the contents of the document; see [Structuring the slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
show].
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--section-divs`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 00:27:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Wrap sections in `<section>` tags (or `<div>` tags for `html4`),
|
|
|
|
|
|
and attach identifiers to the enclosing `<section>` (or `<div>`)
|
2015-07-21 19:24:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
rather than the header itself. See
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Header identifiers], below.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--email-obfuscation=none`|`javascript`|`references`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify a method for obfuscating `mailto:` links in HTML documents.
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`none` leaves `mailto:` links as they are. `javascript` obfuscates
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
them using JavaScript. `references` obfuscates them by printing their
|
2015-11-14 22:57:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
letters as decimal or hexadecimal character references. The default
|
2016-06-20 19:35:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
is `none`.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--id-prefix=`*STRING*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-03 09:53:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify a prefix to be added to all identifiers and internal links
|
|
|
|
|
|
in HTML and DocBook output, and to footnote numbers in Markdown
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Haddock output. This is useful for preventing duplicate
|
|
|
|
|
|
identifiers when generating fragments to be included in other pages.
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-T` *STRING*, `--title-prefix=`*STRING*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify *STRING* as a prefix at the beginning of the title
|
|
|
|
|
|
that appears in the HTML header (but not in the title as it
|
|
|
|
|
|
appears at the beginning of the HTML body). Implies
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--standalone`.
|
2009-12-31 02:10:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-c` *URL*, `--css=`*URL*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-02-20 20:33:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Link to a CSS style sheet. This option can be used repeatedly to
|
2014-04-27 20:09:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
include multiple files. They will be included in the order specified.
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-27 21:29:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A stylesheet is required for generating EPUB. If none is
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided using this option (or the `stylesheet` metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
field), pandoc will look for a file `epub.css` in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
user data directory (see `--data-dir`). If it is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
found there, sensible defaults will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-10 10:39:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--reference-doc=`*FILE*
|
2016-12-07 15:39:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-10 10:39:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use the specified file as a style reference in producing a
|
|
|
|
|
|
docx or ODT file.
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-06 15:01:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Docx
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: For best results, the reference docx should be a modified
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
version of a docx file produced using pandoc. The contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the reference docx are ignored, but its stylesheets and
|
|
|
|
|
|
document properties (including margins, page size, header,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and footer) are used in the new docx. If no reference docx
|
|
|
|
|
|
is specified on the command line, pandoc will look for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
file `reference.docx` in the user data directory (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--data-dir`). If this is not found either, sensible
|
|
|
|
|
|
defaults will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To produce a custom `reference.docx`, first get a copy of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the default `reference.docx`: `pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
--print-default-data-file reference.docx >
|
|
|
|
|
|
custom-reference.docx`. Then open `custom-reference.docx`
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Word, modify the styles as you wish, and save the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For best results, do not make changes to this file other
|
|
|
|
|
|
than modifying the styles used by pandoc: [paragraph]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal, Body Text, First Paragraph, Compact, Title,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtitle, Author, Date, Abstract, Bibliography, Heading 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heading 2, Heading 3, Heading 4, Heading 5, Heading 6,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heading 7, Heading 8, Heading 9, Block Text, Footnote Text,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definition Term, Definition, Caption, Table Caption,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Image Caption, Figure, Captioned Figure, TOC Heading;
|
|
|
|
|
|
[character] Default Paragraph Font, Body Text Char,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Verbatim Char, Footnote Reference, Hyperlink; [table]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table.
|
2017-05-06 15:01:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ODT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: For best results, the reference ODT should be a modified
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
version of an ODT produced using pandoc. The contents of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the reference ODT are ignored, but its stylesheets are used
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the new ODT. If no reference ODT is specified on the
|
|
|
|
|
|
command line, pandoc will look for a file `reference.odt` in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the user data directory (see `--data-dir`). If this is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
found either, sensible defaults will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To produce a custom `reference.odt`, first get a copy of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the default `reference.odt`: `pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
--print-default-data-file reference.odt >
|
|
|
|
|
|
custom-reference.odt`. Then open `custom-reference.odt` in
|
|
|
|
|
|
LibreOffice, modify the styles as you wish, and save the
|
|
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2012-01-20 08:26:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-20 15:34:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
PowerPoint
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Any template included with a recent install of Microsoft
|
|
|
|
|
|
PowerPoint (either with `.pptx` or `.potx` extension) should
|
2018-02-20 15:58:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
work, as will most templates derived from these.
|
2018-02-20 15:34:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The specific requirement is that the template should contain
|
|
|
|
|
|
the following four layouts as its first four layouts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Title Slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Title and Content
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Section Header
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Two Content
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All templates included with a recent version of MS PowerPoint
|
|
|
|
|
|
will fit these criteria. (You can click on `Layout` under the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`Home` menu to check.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also modify the default `reference.pptx`: first run
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pandoc --print-default-data-file reference.pptx >
|
|
|
|
|
|
custom-reference.pptx`, and then modify
|
|
|
|
|
|
`custom-reference.pptx` in MS PowerPoint (pandoc will use the
|
|
|
|
|
|
first four layout slides, as mentioned above).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-09 08:25:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--epub-cover-image=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-09 08:25:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use the specified image as the EPUB cover. It is recommended
|
2013-12-01 00:17:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
that the image be less than 1000px in width and height. Note that
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
in a Markdown source document you can also specify `cover-image`
|
2013-12-01 00:17:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
in a YAML metadata block (see [EPUB Metadata], below).
|
2011-03-09 08:25:01 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--epub-metadata=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Look in the specified XML file for metadata for the EPUB.
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The file should contain a series of [Dublin Core elements].
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
2010-07-05 08:09:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<dc:rights>Creative Commons</dc:rights>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<dc:language>es-AR</dc:language>
|
2010-07-05 08:09:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc will include the following metadata elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<dc:title>` (from the document title), `<dc:creator>` (from the
|
2012-01-01 23:54:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
document authors), `<dc:date>` (from the document date, which should
|
2012-02-09 04:50:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
be in [ISO 8601 format]), `<dc:language>` (from the `lang`
|
2012-01-01 23:54:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
variable, or, if is not set, the locale), and `<dc:identifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
id="BookId">` (a randomly generated UUID). Any of these may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
overridden by elements in the metadata file.
|
2010-07-05 08:09:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: if the source document is Markdown, a YAML metadata block
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
in the document can be used instead. See below under
|
|
|
|
|
|
[EPUB Metadata].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-30 20:45:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--epub-embed-font=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-30 20:45:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Embed the specified font in the EPUB. This option can be repeated
|
2015-02-14 08:29:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
to embed multiple fonts. Wildcards can also be used: for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`DejaVuSans-*.ttf`. However, if you use wildcards on the command
|
|
|
|
|
|
line, be sure to escape them or put the whole filename in single quotes,
|
|
|
|
|
|
to prevent them from being interpreted by the shell. To use the
|
|
|
|
|
|
embedded fonts, you will need to add declarations like the following
|
2017-02-27 21:29:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
to your CSS (see `--css`):
|
2012-01-30 20:45:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
@font-face {
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-family: DejaVuSans;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-style: normal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-weight: normal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
src:url("DejaVuSans-Regular.ttf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
@font-face {
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-family: DejaVuSans;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-style: normal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
|
|
|
|
src:url("DejaVuSans-Bold.ttf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
@font-face {
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-family: DejaVuSans;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-style: italic;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-weight: normal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
src:url("DejaVuSans-Oblique.ttf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
@font-face {
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-family: DejaVuSans;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-style: italic;
|
|
|
|
|
|
font-weight: bold;
|
|
|
|
|
|
src:url("DejaVuSans-BoldOblique.ttf");
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
body { font-family: "DejaVuSans"; }
|
2012-01-30 20:45:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-05 07:29:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--epub-chapter-level=`*NUMBER*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-05 07:29:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Specify the header level at which to split the EPUB into separate
|
|
|
|
|
|
"chapter" files. The default is to split into chapters at level 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
headers. This option only affects the internal composition of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
EPUB, not the way chapters and sections are displayed to users. Some
|
|
|
|
|
|
readers may be slow if the chapter files are too large, so for large
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents with few level 1 headers, one might want to use a chapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
level of 2 or 3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-22 12:01:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--epub-subdirectory=`*DIRNAME*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Specify the subdirectory in the OCF container that is to hold
|
|
|
|
|
|
the EPUB-specific contents. The default is `EPUB`. To put
|
|
|
|
|
|
the EPUB contents in the top level, use an empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--pdf-engine=pdflatex`|`lualatex`|`xelatex`|`wkhtmltopdf`|`weasyprint`|`prince`|`context`|`pdfroff`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use the specified engine when producing PDF output.
|
2012-01-21 23:46:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The default is `pdflatex`. If the engine is not in your PATH,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the full path of the engine may be specified here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--pdf-engine-opt=`*STRING*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use the given string as a command-line argument to the `pdf-engine`.
|
2015-03-04 10:55:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If used multiple times, the arguments are provided with spaces between
|
|
|
|
|
|
them. Note that no check for duplicate options is done.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Dublin Core elements]: http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ISO 8601 format]: http://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-09 00:34:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Citation rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
2009-01-24 20:58:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--bibliography=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Set the `bibliography` field in the document's metadata to *FILE*,
|
2013-09-11 05:23:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
overriding any value set in the metadata, and process citations
|
|
|
|
|
|
using `pandoc-citeproc`. (This is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--metadata bibliography=FILE --filter pandoc-citeproc`.)
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If `--natbib` or `--biblatex` is also supplied, `pandoc-citeproc` is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
used, making this equivalent to `--metadata bibliography=FILE`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you supply this argument multiple times, each *FILE* will be added
|
|
|
|
|
|
to bibliography.
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--csl=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Set the `csl` field in the document's metadata to *FILE*,
|
|
|
|
|
|
overriding any value set in the metadata. (This is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--metadata csl=FILE`.)
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This option is only relevant with `pandoc-citeproc`.
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--citation-abbreviations=`*FILE*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Set the `citation-abbreviations` field in the document's metadata to
|
|
|
|
|
|
*FILE*, overriding any value set in the metadata. (This is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--metadata citation-abbreviations=FILE`.)
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This option is only relevant with `pandoc-citeproc`.
|
2013-09-02 01:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-05 04:42:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--natbib`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use [`natbib`] for citations in LaTeX output. This option is not for use
|
2014-05-04 21:18:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
with the `pandoc-citeproc` filter or with PDF output. It is intended for
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
use in producing a LaTeX file that can be processed with [`bibtex`].
|
2011-04-05 04:42:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--biblatex`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use [`biblatex`] for citations in LaTeX output. This option is not for use
|
2014-05-04 21:18:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
with the `pandoc-citeproc` filter or with PDF output. It is intended for
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
use in producing a LaTeX file that can be processed with [`bibtex`] or [`biber`].
|
2011-04-05 04:42:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Math rendering in HTML
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------
|
2010-01-14 06:54:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The default is to render TeX math as far as possible using Unicode characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formulas are put inside a `span` with `class="math"`, so that they may be styled
|
|
|
|
|
|
differently from the surrounding text if needed. However, this gives acceptable
|
|
|
|
|
|
results only for basic math, usually you will want to use `--mathjax` or another
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the following options.
|
2010-01-14 06:54:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--mathjax`[`=`*URL*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Use [MathJax] to display embedded TeX math in HTML output.
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
TeX math will be put between `\(...\)` (for inline math)
|
|
|
|
|
|
or `\[...\]` (for display math) and wrapped in `<span>` tags
|
|
|
|
|
|
with class `math`. Then the MathJax JavaScript will render it.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The *URL* should point to the `MathJax.js` load script.
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If a *URL* is not provided, a link to the Cloudflare CDN will
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
be inserted.
|
2017-12-27 21:25:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--mathml`
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Convert TeX math to [MathML] (in `epub3`, `docbook4`, `docbook5`, `jats`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`html4` and `html5`). This is the default in `odt` output. Note that
|
|
|
|
|
|
currently only Firefox and Safari (and select e-book readers) natively
|
|
|
|
|
|
support MathML.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--webtex`[`=`*URL*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Convert TeX formulas to `<img>` tags that link to an external script
|
|
|
|
|
|
that converts formulas to images. The formula will be URL-encoded
|
|
|
|
|
|
and concatenated with the URL provided. For SVG images you can for
|
|
|
|
|
|
example use `--webtex https://latex.codecogs.com/svg.latex?`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no URL is specified, the CodeCogs URL generating PNGs
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be used (`https://latex.codecogs.com/png.latex?`).
|
2016-06-24 23:46:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note: the `--webtex` option will affect Markdown output
|
2016-10-06 11:08:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
as well as HTML, which is useful if you're targeting a
|
|
|
|
|
|
version of Markdown without native math support.
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--katex`[`=`*URL*]
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 19:26:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Use [KaTeX] to display embedded TeX math in HTML output.
|
2017-10-05 19:08:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The *URL* is the base URL for the KaTeX library. If a *URL* is
|
2015-04-16 19:26:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
not provided, a link to the KaTeX CDN will be inserted.
|
2014-09-25 19:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 20:41:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--katex-stylesheet=`*URL*
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-16 19:26:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: The *URL* should point to the `katex.css` stylesheet. If this option is
|
|
|
|
|
|
not specified, a link to the KaTeX CDN will be inserted. Note that this
|
|
|
|
|
|
option does not imply `--katex`.
|
2014-09-25 19:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-09 20:29:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--gladtex`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Enclose TeX math in `<eq>` tags in HTML output. The resulting HTML
|
|
|
|
|
|
can then be processed by [GladTeX] to produce images of the typeset
|
|
|
|
|
|
formulas and an HTML file with links to these images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
So, the procedure is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -s --gladtex input.md -o myfile.htex
|
|
|
|
|
|
gladtex -d myfile-images myfile.htex
|
|
|
|
|
|
# produces myfile.html and images in myfile-images
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[MathML]: http://www.w3.org/Math/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[MathJax]: https://www.mathjax.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[KaTeX]: https://github.com/Khan/KaTeX
|
2018-05-09 20:29:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[GladTeX]: http://humenda.github.io/GladTeX/
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 07:34:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Options for wrapper scripts
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------------------
|
2010-01-14 06:54:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--dump-args`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Print information about command-line arguments to *stdout*, then exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option is intended primarily for use in wrapper scripts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first line of output contains the name of the output file specified
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the `-o` option, or `-` (for *stdout*) if no output file was
|
|
|
|
|
|
specified. The remaining lines contain the command-line arguments,
|
|
|
|
|
|
one per line, in the order they appear. These do not include regular
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc options and their arguments, but do include any options appearing
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
after a `--` separator at the end of the line.
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--ignore-args`
|
2015-03-27 18:58:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 18:36:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Ignore command-line arguments (for use in wrapper scripts).
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Regular pandoc options are not ignored. Thus, for example,
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc --ignore-args -o foo.html -s foo.txt -- -e latin1
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-18 07:45:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -o foo.html -s
|
2007-07-24 03:04:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
=========
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the `-s/--standalone` option is used, pandoc uses a template to
|
|
|
|
|
|
add header and footer material that is needed for a self-standing
|
|
|
|
|
|
document. To see the default template that is used, just type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -D *FORMAT*
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
where *FORMAT* is the name of the output format. A custom template
|
2009-12-31 22:18:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
can be specified using the `--template` option. You can also override
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
the system default templates for a given output format *FORMAT*
|
|
|
|
|
|
by putting a file `templates/default.*FORMAT*` in the user data
|
2016-03-21 23:34:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
directory (see `--data-dir`, above). *Exceptions:*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- For `odt` output, customize the `default.opendocument`
|
|
|
|
|
|
template.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- For `pdf` output, customize the `default.latex` template
|
2017-11-02 01:45:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(or the `default.context` template, if you use `-t context`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
or the `default.ms` template, if you use `-t ms`, or the
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`default.html` template, if you use `-t html`).
|
2016-03-21 23:34:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- `docx` has no template (however, you can use
|
2016-12-10 10:39:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`--reference-doc` to customize the output).
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Templates contain *variables*, which allow for the inclusion of
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
arbitrary information at any point in the file. They may be set at the
|
|
|
|
|
|
command line using the `-V/--variable` option. If a variable is not set,
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc will look for the key in the document's metadata – which can be set
|
2018-05-02 11:09:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
using either [YAML metadata blocks][Extension: `yaml_metadata_block`]
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
or with the `--metadata` option.
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables set by pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------------
|
2009-12-31 02:15:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Some variables are set automatically by pandoc. These vary somewhat
|
2018-03-27 18:14:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
depending on the output format, but include the following:
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-25 23:15:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`sourcefile`, `outputfile`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: source and destination filenames, as given on the command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
`sourcefile` can also be a list if input comes from multiple files, or empty
|
|
|
|
|
|
if input is from stdin. You can use the following snippet in your template
|
|
|
|
|
|
to distinguish them:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
$if(sourcefile)$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$for(sourcefile)$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$sourcefile$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endfor$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$else$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(stdin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endif$
|
2017-02-25 23:15:56 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similarly, `outputfile` can be `-` if output goes to the terminal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`title`, `author`, `date`
|
2015-12-19 09:05:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: allow identification of basic aspects of the document. Included
|
|
|
|
|
|
in PDF metadata through LaTeX and ConTeXt. These can be set
|
|
|
|
|
|
through a [pandoc title block][Extension: `pandoc_title_block`],
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
which allows for multiple authors, or through a YAML metadata block:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
author:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Aristotle
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Peter Abelard
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`subtitle`
|
2015-12-17 22:47:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: document subtitle, included in HTML, EPUB, LaTeX, ConTeXt, and Word docx;
|
2015-12-19 08:47:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
renders in LaTeX only when using a document class that supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\subtitle`, such as `beamer` or the [KOMA-Script] series (`scrartcl`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`scrreprt`, `scrbook`).[^subtitle]
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-03-19 21:48:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`institute`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: author affiliations (in LaTeX and Beamer only). Can be a
|
|
|
|
|
|
list, when there are multiple authors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`abstract`
|
2015-10-23 15:03:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: document summary, included in LaTeX, ConTeXt, AsciiDoc, and Word docx
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`keywords`
|
2015-12-19 09:05:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: list of keywords to be included in HTML, PDF, and AsciiDoc metadata;
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated as for `author`, above
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`header-includes`
|
2009-12-31 22:18:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: contents specified by `-H/--include-in-header` (may have multiple
|
|
|
|
|
|
values)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`toc`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: non-null value if `--toc/--table-of-contents` was specified
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`toc-title`
|
2017-06-26 16:46:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: title of table of contents (works only with EPUB,
|
2018-01-12 17:08:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
opendocument, odt, docx, pptx)
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-13 05:11:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`include-before`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: contents specified by `-B/--include-before-body` (may have
|
|
|
|
|
|
multiple values)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-13 05:11:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`include-after`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: contents specified by `-A/--include-after-body` (may have
|
|
|
|
|
|
multiple values)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`body`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: body of document
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-24 05:26:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`meta-json`
|
2017-03-07 14:31:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: JSON representation of all of the document's metadata. Field
|
|
|
|
|
|
values are transformed to the selected output format.
|
2015-11-24 05:26:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-19 08:47:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[^subtitle]: To make `subtitle` work with other LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
document classes, you can add the following to `header-includes`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
\providecommand{\subtitle}[1]{%
|
|
|
|
|
|
\usepackage{titling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
\posttitle{%
|
|
|
|
|
|
\par\large#1\end{center}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-19 08:47:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Language variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-12 05:37:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`lang`
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: identifies the main language of the document,
|
|
|
|
|
|
using a code according to [BCP 47] (e.g. `en` or `en-GB`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
For some output formats, pandoc will convert it to an appropriate
|
2015-08-20 17:18:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
format stored in the additional variables `babel-lang`,
|
2015-10-07 22:40:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`polyglossia-lang` (LaTeX) and `context-lang` (ConTeXt).
|
2015-08-20 17:18:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-12 06:03:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Native pandoc Spans and Divs with the lang attribute
|
2015-10-17 14:48:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(value in BCP 47) can be used to switch the language in
|
2018-01-12 06:03:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
that range. In LaTeX output, `babel-otherlangs` and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`polyglossia-otherlangs` variables will be generated
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically based on the `lang` attributes of Spans
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Divs in the document.
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-09-25 19:30:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`dir`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: the base direction of the document, either `rtl` (right-to-left)
|
|
|
|
|
|
or `ltr` (left-to-right).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For bidirectional documents, native pandoc `span`s and `div`s
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the `dir` attribute (value `rtl` or `ltr`) can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
|
override the base direction in some output formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This may not always be necessary if the final renderer
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. the browser, when generating HTML) supports the
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
When using LaTeX for bidirectional documents, only the `xelatex` engine
|
2017-09-12 05:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
is fully supported (use `--pdf-engine=xelatex`).
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[BCP 47]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm]: http://www.w3.org/International/articles/inline-bidi-markup/uba-basics
|
2015-09-25 19:30:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables for slides
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------------
|
2015-09-25 19:30:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables are available for [producing slide shows with pandoc],
|
|
|
|
|
|
including all [reveal.js configuration options].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-06 17:03:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`titlegraphic`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: title graphic for Beamer documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`logo`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: logo for Beamer documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-29 02:35:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`slidy-url`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: base URL for Slidy documents (defaults to
|
2017-08-17 19:11:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`https://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy2`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-24 10:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`slideous-url`
|
2014-04-27 20:09:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: base URL for Slideous documents (defaults to `slideous`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-29 02:35:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`s5-url`
|
2014-04-27 20:09:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: base URL for S5 documents (defaults to `s5/default`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-24 02:46:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`revealjs-url`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: base URL for reveal.js documents (defaults to `reveal.js`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`theme`, `colortheme`, `fonttheme`, `innertheme`, `outertheme`
|
2015-10-14 19:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: themes for LaTeX [`beamer`] documents
|
2015-10-10 23:06:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-11 21:12:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`themeoptions`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: options for LaTeX beamer themes (a list).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-17 19:55:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`navigation`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: controls navigation symbols in `beamer` documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
(default is `empty` for no navigation symbols; other valid values
|
|
|
|
|
|
are `frame`, `vertical`, and `horizontal`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-20 03:29:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`section-titles`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: enables on "title pages" for new sections in `beamer`
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents (default = true).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-06 22:43:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`beamerarticle`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: when true, the `beamerarticle` package is loaded (for
|
|
|
|
|
|
producing an article from beamer slides).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-05 15:52:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`aspectratio`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: aspect ratio of slides (for beamer only, `1610` for 16:10, `169` for 16:9,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`149` for 14:9, `141` for 1.41:1, `54` for 5:4, `43` for 4:3 which is the
|
|
|
|
|
|
default, and `32` for 3:2).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[reveal.js configuration options]: https://github.com/hakimel/reveal.js#configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables for LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX variables are used when [creating a PDF].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`papersize`
|
2017-04-12 23:41:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: paper size, e.g. `letter`, `a4`
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-12 19:14:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`fontsize`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: font size for body text (e.g. `10pt`, `12pt`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-29 22:24:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`documentclass`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: document class, e.g. [`article`], [`report`], [`book`], [`memoir`]
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-18 00:06:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`classoption`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: option for document class, e.g. `oneside`; may be repeated
|
2013-07-18 00:06:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
for multiple options
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-30 18:20:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`beameroption`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: In beamer, add extra beamer option with `\setbeameroption{}`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-14 22:16:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`geometry`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: option for [`geometry`] package, e.g. `margin=1in`;
|
2012-03-15 18:49:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`margin-left`, `margin-right`, `margin-top`, `margin-bottom`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: sets margins, if `geometry` is not used (otherwise `geometry`
|
|
|
|
|
|
overrides these)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-05-06 19:48:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`linestretch`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: adjusts line spacing using the [`setspace`]
|
2015-10-08 22:27:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
package, e.g. `1.25`, `1.5`
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-05-06 18:55:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`fontfamily`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: font package for use with `pdflatex`:
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[TeX Live] includes many options, documented in the [LaTeX Font Catalogue].
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is [Latin Modern][`lm`].
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-04 02:01:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`fontfamilyoptions`
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: options for package used as `fontfamily`: e.g. `osf,sc` with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`fontfamily` set to [`mathpazo`] provides Palatino with old-style
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
figures and true small caps; may be repeated for multiple options
|
2015-10-04 02:01:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-06-13 18:37:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`mainfont`, `sansfont`, `monofont`, `mathfont`, `CJKmainfont`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: font families for use with `xelatex` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`lualatex`: take the name of any system font, using the
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`fontspec`] package. Note that if `CJKmainfont` is used,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the [`xecjk`] package must be available.
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`mainfontoptions`, `sansfontoptions`, `monofontoptions`, `mathfontoptions`, `CJKoptions`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: options to use with `mainfont`, `sansfont`, `monofont`, `mathfont`,
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`CJKmainfont` in `xelatex` and `lualatex`. Allow for any choices
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
available through [`fontspec`], such as the OpenType features
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`Numbers=OldStyle,Numbers=Proportional`. May be repeated for multiple options.
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-14 19:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`fontenc`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: allows font encoding to be specified through `fontenc` package (with `pdflatex`);
|
|
|
|
|
|
default is `T1` (see guide to [LaTeX font encodings])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-04 05:53:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`microtypeoptions`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: options to pass to the microtype package
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-09 19:04:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`colorlinks`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: add color to link text; automatically enabled if any of `linkcolor`, `citecolor`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`urlcolor`, or `toccolor` are set
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-09 19:04:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`linkcolor`, `citecolor`, `urlcolor`, `toccolor`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: color for internal links, citation links, external links, and links in table of contents:
|
2017-09-08 11:18:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
uses options allowed by [`xcolor`], including the `dvipsnames`, `svgnames`, and `x11names` lists
|
2015-10-14 19:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-08 19:56:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`links-as-notes`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: causes links to be printed as footnotes
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-14 19:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`indent`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: uses document class settings for indentation (the default LaTeX template
|
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise removes indentation and adds space between paragraphs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`subparagraph`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: disables default behavior of LaTeX template that redefines (sub)paragraphs
|
|
|
|
|
|
as sections, changing the appearance of nested headings in some classes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-20 03:29:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`thanks`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: specifies contents of acknowledgments footnote after document title.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-21 06:58:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`toc`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: include table of contents (can also be set using `--toc/--table-of-contents`)
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-21 06:58:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`toc-depth`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: level of section to include in table of contents
|
2015-04-14 18:40:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-25 22:12:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`secnumdepth`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: numbering depth for sections, if sections are numbered
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`lof`, `lot`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: include list of figures, list of tables
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-12 06:19:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`bibliography`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: bibliography to use for resolving references
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-20 19:52:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`biblio-style`
|
2016-10-13 11:57:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: bibliography style, when used with `--natbib` and `--biblatex`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`biblio-title`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: bibliography title, when used with `--natbib` and `--biblatex`.
|
2015-12-20 03:29:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-20 05:03:48 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`biblatexoptions`
|
2015-12-20 03:29:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: list of options for biblatex.
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-28 14:29:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`natbiboptions`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: list of options for natbib.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-12 06:26:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`pagestyle`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: An option for LaTeX's `\pagestyle{}`. The default article class
|
|
|
|
|
|
supports 'plain' (default), 'empty', and 'headings'; headings puts
|
|
|
|
|
|
section titles in the header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`article`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/article
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`report`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/report
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`book`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/book
|
2015-12-17 22:47:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[KOMA-Script]: https://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`memoir`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/memoir
|
2017-09-08 11:18:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`xcolor`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[LaTeX Font Catalogue]: http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`mathpazo`]: https://ctan.org/pkg/mathpazo
|
2015-10-14 19:49:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[LaTeX font encodings]: https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-20 17:15:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables for ConTeXt
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`papersize`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: paper size, e.g. `letter`, `A4`, `landscape` (see [ConTeXt Paper Setup]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`layout`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: options for page margins and text arrangement (see [ConTeXt Layout]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 22:42:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`margin-left`, `margin-right`, `margin-top`, `margin-bottom`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: sets margins, if `layout` is not used (otherwise `layout`
|
|
|
|
|
|
overrides these)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`fontsize`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: font size for body text (e.g. `10pt`, `12pt`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mainfont`, `sansfont`, `monofont`, `mathfont`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: font families: take the name of any system font (see [ConTeXt Font Switching])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-09 19:04:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`linkcolor`, `contrastcolor`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: color for links outside and inside a page, e.g. `red`, `blue` (see [ConTeXt Color])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`linkstyle`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: typeface style for links, e.g. `normal`, `bold`, `slanted`, `boldslanted`, `type`, `cap`, `small`
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`indenting`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: controls indentation of paragraphs, e.g. `yes,small,next` (see [ConTeXt Indentation]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`whitespace`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: spacing between paragraphs, e.g. `none`, `small` (using [`setupwhitespace`])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`interlinespace`
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: adjusts line spacing, e.g. `4ex` (using [`setupinterlinespace`]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`headertext`, `footertext`
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: text to be placed in running header or footer (see [ConTeXt Headers and Footers]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated up to four times for different placement
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pagenumbering`
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: page number style and location (using [`setuppagenumbering`]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
may be repeated for multiple options
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`toc`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: include table of contents (can also be set using `--toc/--table-of-contents`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`lof`, `lot`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: include list of figures, list of tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ConTeXt template: pdfa variable to generate PDF/A (#4294)
The resulting PDF can be verified using the Apache PDFBox preflight app.
```
$ java -jar preflight-app-2.0.8.jar test.pdf
The file test.pdf is a valid PDF/A-1b file
```
Instructions on how to install the ICC profiles on ConTeXt standalone can be found in the wiki: <http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PDFX#ICC_profiles>.
If the ICC profiles are not available the log will contain messages like these
```
backend > profiles > profile specification 'sRGB.icc' loaded from '/usr/local/texlive/2017/texmf-dist/tex/context/colors/icc/context/colorprofiles.xml'
backend > profiles > error, couldn't locate profile 'srgb.icc'
backend > profiles > no default profile 'srgb.icc' for colorspace 'rgb'
backend > profiles > profile specification 'sRGB IEC61966-2.1' loaded from '/usr/local/texlive/2017/texmf-dist/tex/context/colors/icc/context/colorprofiles.xml'
backend > profiles > error, couldn't locate profile 'srgb.icc'
backend > profiles > invalid output intent 'sRGB IEC61966-2.1'
```
and the resulting PDF will not be valid PDF/A:
```
$ java -jar preflight-app-2.0.8.jar test.pdf
The file test.pdf is not a valid PDF/A-1b file, error(s) :
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "g" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "G" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "g" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "G" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
```
However, the PDF will still be generated and the "errors" shown in the log do not break anything.
2018-03-18 05:05:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`pdfa`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: adds to the preamble the setup necessary to generate PDF/A-1b:2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To successfully generate PDF/A the required ICC color profiles have to
|
|
|
|
|
|
be available and the content and all included files (such as images)
|
|
|
|
|
|
have to be standard conforming. The ICC profiles can be obtained
|
|
|
|
|
|
from [ConTeXt ICC Profiles]. See also [ConTeXt PDFA] for more
|
|
|
|
|
|
details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Paper Setup]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PaperSetup
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Layout]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Font Switching]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Font_Switching
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Color]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Color
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Headers and Footers]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Headers_and_Footers
|
2015-10-22 20:22:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt Indentation]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Indentation
|
ConTeXt template: pdfa variable to generate PDF/A (#4294)
The resulting PDF can be verified using the Apache PDFBox preflight app.
```
$ java -jar preflight-app-2.0.8.jar test.pdf
The file test.pdf is a valid PDF/A-1b file
```
Instructions on how to install the ICC profiles on ConTeXt standalone can be found in the wiki: <http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PDFX#ICC_profiles>.
If the ICC profiles are not available the log will contain messages like these
```
backend > profiles > profile specification 'sRGB.icc' loaded from '/usr/local/texlive/2017/texmf-dist/tex/context/colors/icc/context/colorprofiles.xml'
backend > profiles > error, couldn't locate profile 'srgb.icc'
backend > profiles > no default profile 'srgb.icc' for colorspace 'rgb'
backend > profiles > profile specification 'sRGB IEC61966-2.1' loaded from '/usr/local/texlive/2017/texmf-dist/tex/context/colors/icc/context/colorprofiles.xml'
backend > profiles > error, couldn't locate profile 'srgb.icc'
backend > profiles > invalid output intent 'sRGB IEC61966-2.1'
```
and the resulting PDF will not be valid PDF/A:
```
$ java -jar preflight-app-2.0.8.jar test.pdf
The file test.pdf is not a valid PDF/A-1b file, error(s) :
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "g" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "G" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "g" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, The operator "G" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
2.4.3 : Invalid Color space, /DeviceGray default for operator "TJ" can't be used without Color Profile on page 1
```
However, the PDF will still be generated and the "errors" shown in the log do not break anything.
2018-03-18 05:05:55 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt ICC Profiles]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PDFX#ICC_profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ConTeXt PDFA]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PDF/A
|
2015-10-21 00:07:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[`setupwhitespace`]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setupwhitespace
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`setupinterlinespace`]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setupinterlinespace
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`setuppagenumbering`]: http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setuppagenumbering
|
2015-10-20 17:15:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables for man pages
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-28 04:32:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`section`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: section number in man pages
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-28 04:32:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`header`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: header in man pages
|
2014-08-11 17:18:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-28 04:32:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`footer`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: footer in man pages
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-10 22:13:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`adjusting`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: adjusts text to left (`l`), right (`r`), center (`c`),
|
|
|
|
|
|
or both (`b`) margins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`hyphenate`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: if `true` (the default), hyphenation will be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-04-04 17:21:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables for ms
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pointsize`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: point size (e.g. `10p`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`lineheight`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: line height (e.g. `12p`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`fontfamily`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: font family (e.g. `T` or `P`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`indent`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: paragraph indent (e.g. `2m`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-06 00:47:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Using variables in templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable names are sequences of alphanumerics, `-`, and `_`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
starting with a letter. A variable name surrounded by `$` signs
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be replaced by its value. For example, the string `$title$` in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<title>$title$</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be replaced by the document title.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To write a literal `$` in a template, use `$$`.
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Templates may contain conditionals. The syntax is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$if(variable)$
|
2010-01-10 03:40:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
X
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
$else$
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endif$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-08 18:36:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This will include `X` in the template if `variable` has a truthy
|
|
|
|
|
|
value; otherwise it will include `Y`. Here a truthy value is any
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- a string that is not entirely white space,
|
|
|
|
|
|
- a non-empty array where the first value is truthy,
|
|
|
|
|
|
- any number (including zero),
|
|
|
|
|
|
- any object,
|
|
|
|
|
|
- the boolean `true` (to specify the boolean `true`
|
|
|
|
|
|
value using YAML metadata or the `--metadata` flag,
|
|
|
|
|
|
use `y`, `Y`, `yes`, `Yes`, `YES`, `true`, `True`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`TRUE`, `on`, `On`, or `ON`; with the `--variable`
|
|
|
|
|
|
flag, simply omit a value for the variable, e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--variable draft`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`X` and `Y` are placeholders for any valid template text,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and may include interpolated variables or other conditionals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `$else$` section may be omitted.
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-31 02:15:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
When variables can have multiple values (for example, `author` in
|
|
|
|
|
|
a multi-author document), you can use the `$for$` keyword:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$for(author)$
|
|
|
|
|
|
<meta name="author" content="$author$" />
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endfor$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can optionally specify a separator to be used between
|
|
|
|
|
|
consecutive items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$for(author)$$author$$sep$, $endfor$
|
2009-12-31 02:10:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
A dot can be used to select a field of a variable that takes
|
|
|
|
|
|
an object as its value. So, for example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$author.name$ ($author.affiliation$)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-20 17:41:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If you use custom templates, you may need to revise them as pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes. We recommend tracking the changes in the default templates,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and modifying your custom templates accordingly. An easy way to do this
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
is to fork the [pandoc-templates] repository and merge in changes after each
|
2011-07-23 08:01:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc release.
|
2011-07-20 17:41:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-21 07:42:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Templates may contain comments: anything on a line after `$--`
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be treated as a comment and ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[pandoc-templates]: https://github.com/jgm/pandoc-templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Extensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
==========
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The behavior of some of the readers and writers can be adjusted by
|
|
|
|
|
|
enabling or disabling various extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An extension can be enabled by adding `+EXTENSION`
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the format name and disabled by adding `-EXTENSION`. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--from markdown_strict+footnotes` is strict Markdown with footnotes
|
|
|
|
|
|
enabled, while `--from markdown-footnotes-pipe_tables` is pandoc's
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown without footnotes or pipe tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The markdown reader and writer make by far the most use of extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensions only used by them are therefore covered in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
section [Pandoc's Markdown] below (See [Markdown variants] for
|
|
|
|
|
|
`commonmark` and `gfm`.) In the following, extensions that also work
|
|
|
|
|
|
for other formats are covered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Typography
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `smart` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interpret straight quotes as curly quotes, `---` as em-dashes,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--` as en-dashes, and `...` as ellipses. Nonbreaking spaces are
|
2018-01-12 17:08:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
inserted after certain abbreviations, such as "Mr."
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `commonmark`, `latex`, `mediawiki`, `org`, `rst`, `twiki`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `latex`, `context`, `rst`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enabled by default in
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `latex`, `context` (both input and output)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: If you are *writing* Markdown, then the `smart` extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
has the reverse effect: what would have been curly quotes comes
|
|
|
|
|
|
out straight.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In LaTeX, `smart` means to use the standard TeX ligatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
for quotation marks (` `` ` and ` '' ` for double quotes,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`` ` `` and `` ' `` for single quotes) and dashes (`--` for
|
|
|
|
|
|
en-dash and `---` for em-dash). If `smart` is disabled,
|
|
|
|
|
|
then in reading LaTeX pandoc will parse these characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
literally. In writing LaTeX, enabling `smart` tells pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
to use the ligatures when possible; if `smart` is disabled
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc will use unicode quotation mark and dash characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headers and sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `auto_identifiers` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A header without an explicitly specified identifier will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically assigned a unique identifier based on the header text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `latex`, `rst`, `mediawiki`, `textile`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `muse`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enabled by default in
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `muse`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The algorithm used to derive the identifier from the header text is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Remove all formatting, links, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Remove all footnotes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Remove all punctuation, except underscores, hyphens, and periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Replace all spaces and newlines with hyphens.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Convert all alphabetic characters to lowercase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Remove everything up to the first letter (identifiers may
|
|
|
|
|
|
not begin with a number or punctuation mark).
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If nothing is left after this, use the identifier `section`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Header Identifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------------- ----------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
`Header identifiers in HTML` `header-identifiers-in-html`
|
|
|
|
|
|
`*Dogs*?--in *my* house?` `dogs--in-my-house`
|
|
|
|
|
|
`[HTML], [S5], or [RTF]?` `html-s5-or-rtf`
|
|
|
|
|
|
`3. Applications` `applications`
|
|
|
|
|
|
`33` `section`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These rules should, in most cases, allow one to determine the identifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
from the header text. The exception is when several headers have the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same text; in this case, the first will get an identifier as described
|
|
|
|
|
|
above; the second will get the same identifier with `-1` appended; the
|
|
|
|
|
|
third with `-2`; and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These identifiers are used to provide link targets in the table of
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents generated by the `--toc|--table-of-contents` option. They
|
|
|
|
|
|
also make it easy to provide links from one section of a document to
|
|
|
|
|
|
another. A link to this section, for example, might look like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the section on
|
|
|
|
|
|
[header identifiers](#header-identifiers-in-html-latex-and-context).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note, however, that this method of providing links to sections works
|
|
|
|
|
|
only in HTML, LaTeX, and ConTeXt formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the `--section-divs` option is specified, then each section will
|
2017-12-29 00:27:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
be wrapped in a `section` (or a `div`, if `html4` was specified),
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the identifier will be attached to the enclosing `<section>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
(or `<div>`) tag rather than the header itself. This allows entire
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
sections to be manipulated using JavaScript or treated differently in
|
|
|
|
|
|
CSS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `ascii_identifiers` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Causes the identifiers produced by `auto_identifiers` to be pure ASCII.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accents are stripped off of accented Latin letters, and non-Latin
|
|
|
|
|
|
letters are omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Math Input
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The extensions [`tex_math_dollars`](#extension-tex_math_dollars),
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`tex_math_single_backslash`](#extension-tex_math_single_backslash), and
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`tex_math_double_backslash`](#extension-tex_math_double_backslash)
|
|
|
|
|
|
are described in the section about Pandoc's Markdown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, they can also be used with HTML input. This is handy for
|
|
|
|
|
|
reading web pages formatted using MathJax, for example.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw HTML/TeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following extensions (especially how they affect Markdown
|
|
|
|
|
|
input/output) are also described in more detail in their respective
|
|
|
|
|
|
sections of [Pandoc's Markdown].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### [Extension: `raw_html`] {#raw_html}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When converting from HTML, parse elements to raw HTML which are not
|
|
|
|
|
|
representable in pandoc's AST.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, this is disabled for HTML input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### [Extension: `raw_tex`] {#raw_tex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allows raw LaTeX, TeX, and ConTeXt to be included in a document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in addition to `markdown`):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `latex`, `org`, `textile`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `textile`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### [Extension: `native_divs`] {#native_divs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension is enabled by default for HTML input. This means that
|
|
|
|
|
|
`div`s are parsed to pandoc native elements. (Alternatively, you
|
|
|
|
|
|
can parse them to raw HTML using `-f html-native_divs+raw_html`.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When converting HTML to Markdown, for example, you may want to drop all
|
|
|
|
|
|
`div`s and `span`s:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f html-native_divs-native_spans -t markdown
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### [Extension: `native_spans`] {#native_spans}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analogous to `native_divs` above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Literate Haskell support
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `literate_haskell` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treat the document as literate Haskell source.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `rst`, `latex`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `markdown`, `rst`, `latex`, `html`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you append `+lhs` (or `+literate_haskell`) to one of the formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
above, pandoc will treat the document as literate Haskell source.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In Markdown input, "bird track" sections will be parsed as Haskell
|
|
|
|
|
|
code rather than block quotations. Text between `\begin{code}`
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `\end{code}` will also be treated as Haskell code. For
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATX-style headers the character '=' will be used instead of '#'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In Markdown output, code blocks with classes `haskell` and `literate`
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be rendered using bird tracks, and block quotations will be
|
|
|
|
|
|
indented one space, so they will not be treated as Haskell code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, headers will be rendered setext-style (with underlines)
|
|
|
|
|
|
rather than ATX-style (with '#' characters). (This is because ghc
|
|
|
|
|
|
treats '#' characters in column 1 as introducing line numbers.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In restructured text input, "bird track" sections will be parsed
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Haskell code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In restructured text output, code blocks with class `haskell` will
|
|
|
|
|
|
be rendered using bird tracks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In LaTeX input, text in `code` environments will be parsed as
|
|
|
|
|
|
Haskell code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In LaTeX output, code blocks with class `haskell` will be rendered
|
|
|
|
|
|
inside `code` environments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- In HTML output, code blocks with class `haskell` will be rendered
|
|
|
|
|
|
with class `literatehaskell` and bird tracks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f markdown+lhs -t html
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reads literate Haskell source formatted with Markdown conventions and writes
|
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary HTML (without bird tracks).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -f markdown+lhs -t html+lhs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
writes HTML with the Haskell code in bird tracks, so it can be copied
|
|
|
|
|
|
and pasted as literate Haskell source.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-02 18:49:12 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that GHC expects the bird tracks in the first column, so indented
|
|
|
|
|
|
literate code blocks (e.g. inside an itemized environment) will not be
|
|
|
|
|
|
picked up by the Haskell compiler.
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other extensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `empty_paragraphs` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allows empty paragraphs. By default empty paragraphs are
|
|
|
|
|
|
omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `docx`, `html`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats
|
2018-04-16 02:51:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: `docx`, `odt`, `opendocument`, `html`
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-22 18:21:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `styles` #### {#ext-styles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Read all docx styles as divs (for paragraph styles) and spans (for
|
|
|
|
|
|
character styles) regardless of whether pandoc understands the meaning
|
|
|
|
|
|
of these styles. This can be used with [docx custom
|
|
|
|
|
|
styles](#custom-styles-in-docx). Disabled by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
input formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `docx`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `amuse` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the `muse` input format, this enables Text::Amuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
extensions to Emacs Muse markup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `citations` {#org-citations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some aspects of [Pandoc's Markdown citation syntax](#citations) are also accepted
|
|
|
|
|
|
in `org` input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-16 02:38:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `ntb` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the `context` output format this enables the use of [Natural Tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
(TABLE)](http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE) instead of the default
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Extreme Tables (xtables)](http://wiki.contextgarden.net/xtables).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Natural tables allow more fine-grained global customization but come
|
|
|
|
|
|
at a performance penalty compared to extreme tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc's Markdown
|
2011-01-28 20:55:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
=================
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-28 20:55:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc understands an extended and slightly revised version of
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
John Gruber's [Markdown] syntax. This document explains the syntax,
|
|
|
|
|
|
noting differences from standard Markdown. Except where noted, these
|
2012-08-10 07:30:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
differences can be suppressed by using the `markdown_strict` format instead
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
of `markdown`. Extensions can be enabled or disabled to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
|
behavior more granularly. They are described in the following. See also
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Extensions] above, for extensions that work also on other formats.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Philosophy
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown is designed to be easy to write, and, even more importantly,
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
easy to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> A Markdown-formatted document should be publishable as-is, as plain
|
|
|
|
|
|
> text, without looking like it's been marked up with tags or formatting
|
|
|
|
|
|
> instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
> -- [John Gruber](http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax#philosophy)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This principle has guided pandoc's decisions in finding syntax for
|
|
|
|
|
|
tables, footnotes, and other extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is, however, one respect in which pandoc's aims are different
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
from the original aims of Markdown. Whereas Markdown was originally
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
designed with HTML generation in mind, pandoc is designed for multiple
|
|
|
|
|
|
output formats. Thus, while pandoc allows the embedding of raw HTML,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it discourages it, and provides other, non-HTMLish ways of representing
|
|
|
|
|
|
important document elements like definition lists, tables, mathematics, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
footnotes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paragraphs
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-05 18:51:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
A paragraph is one or more lines of text followed by one or more blank lines.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Newlines are treated as spaces, so you can reflow your paragraphs as you like.
|
2012-07-28 00:45:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If you need a hard line break, put two or more spaces at the end of a line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `escaped_line_breaks` ####
|
2012-07-28 00:45:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A backslash followed by a newline is also a hard line break.
|
2014-01-08 17:11:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: in multiline and grid table cells, this is the only way
|
|
|
|
|
|
to create a hard line break, since trailing spaces in the cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
are ignored.
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Headers
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
There are two kinds of headers: Setext and ATX.
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Setext-style headers ###
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A setext-style header is a line of text "underlined" with a row of `=` signs
|
2013-07-20 14:02:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(for a level one header) or `-` signs (for a level two header):
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A level-one header
|
|
|
|
|
|
==================
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A level-two header
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The header text can contain inline formatting, such as emphasis (see
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Inline formatting], below).
|
2007-01-09 00:54:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-05 06:33:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### ATX-style headers ###
|
2008-07-11 03:24:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
An ATX-style header consists of one to six `#` signs and a line of
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
text, optionally followed by any number of `#` signs. The number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
`#` signs at the beginning of the line is the header level:
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
## A level-two header
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### A level-three header ###
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
As with setext-style headers, the header text can contain formatting:
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
# A level-one header with a [link](/url) and *emphasis*
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `blank_before_header` ####
|
2012-07-28 00:45:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Standard Markdown syntax does not require a blank line before a header.
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc does require this (except, of course, at the beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document). The reason for the requirement is that it is all too easy for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
`#` to end up at the beginning of a line by accident (perhaps through line
|
|
|
|
|
|
wrapping). Consider, for example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I like several of their flavors of ice cream:
|
|
|
|
|
|
#22, for example, and #5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-20 21:51:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `space_in_atx_header` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Many Markdown implementations do not require a space between the
|
|
|
|
|
|
opening `#`s of an ATX header and the header text, so that
|
|
|
|
|
|
`#5 bolt` and `#hashtag` count as headers. With this extension,
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc does require the space.
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Header identifiers ###
|
2007-07-21 21:10:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
See also the [`auto_identifiers` extension](#extension-auto_identifiers) above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `header_attributes` ####
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-11 05:22:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Headers can be assigned attributes using this syntax at the end
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the line containing the header text:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{#identifier .class .class key=value key=value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-05-27 19:39:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Thus, for example, the following headers will all be assigned the identifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
`foo`:
|
2013-01-11 05:22:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# My header {#foo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
## My header ## {#foo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
My other header {#foo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This syntax is compatible with [PHP Markdown Extra].)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-05-27 19:39:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that although this syntax allows assignment of classes and key/value
|
|
|
|
|
|
attributes, writers generally don't use all of this information. Identifiers,
|
|
|
|
|
|
classes, and key/value attributes are used in HTML and HTML-based formats such
|
|
|
|
|
|
as EPUB and slidy. Identifiers are used for labels and link anchors in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
LaTeX, ConTeXt, Textile, and AsciiDoc writers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-03 06:12:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Headers with the class `unnumbered` will not be numbered, even if
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--number-sections` is specified. A single hyphen (`-`) in an attribute
|
|
|
|
|
|
context is equivalent to `.unnumbered`, and preferable in non-English
|
|
|
|
|
|
documents. So,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# My header {-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is just the same as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# My header {.unnumbered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `implicit_header_references` ####
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc behaves as if reference links have been defined for each header.
|
2016-05-09 22:01:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
So, to link to a header
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-09 22:01:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
# Header identifiers in HTML
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
you can simply write
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-09 22:01:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Header identifiers in HTML]
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-09 22:01:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Header identifiers in HTML][]
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-09 22:01:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[the section on header identifiers][header identifiers in
|
|
|
|
|
|
HTML]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of giving the identifier explicitly:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Header identifiers in HTML](#header-identifiers-in-html)
|
2013-01-04 05:32:15 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there are multiple headers with identical text, the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference will link to the first one only, and you will need to use explicit
|
|
|
|
|
|
links to link to the others, as described above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-14 08:02:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Like regular reference links, these references are case-insensitive.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-14 08:02:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Explicit link reference definitions always take priority over
|
|
|
|
|
|
implicit header references. So, in the following example, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
link will point to `bar`, not to `#foo`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Foo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[foo]: bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See [foo]
|
2013-01-16 18:25:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Block quotations
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown uses email conventions for quoting blocks of text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A block quotation is one or more paragraphs or other block elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
(such as lists or headers), with each line preceded by a `>` character
|
2015-08-06 19:30:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
and an optional space. (The `>` need not start at the left margin, but
|
|
|
|
|
|
it should not be indented more than three spaces.)
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> This is a block quote. This
|
|
|
|
|
|
> paragraph has two lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 1. This is a list inside a block quote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 2. Second item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A "lazy" form, which requires the `>` character only on the first
|
|
|
|
|
|
line of each block, is also allowed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> This is a block quote. This
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph has two lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 1. This is a list inside a block quote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Second item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Among the block elements that can be contained in a block quote are
|
|
|
|
|
|
other block quotes. That is, block quotes can be nested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> This is a block quote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
> > A block quote within a block quote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-06 19:30:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If the `>` character is followed by an optional space, that space
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be considered part of the block quote marker and not part of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the indentation of the contents. Thus, to put an indented code
|
|
|
|
|
|
block in a block quote, you need five spaces after the `>`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> code
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `blank_before_blockquote` ####
|
2012-07-28 00:45:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Standard Markdown syntax does not require a blank line before a block
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
quote. Pandoc does require this (except, of course, at the beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document). The reason for the requirement is that it is all too easy for a
|
|
|
|
|
|
`>` to end up at the beginning of a line by accident (perhaps through line
|
2012-08-10 07:30:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
wrapping). So, unless the `markdown_strict` format is used, the following does
|
2012-08-10 05:19:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
not produce a nested block quote in pandoc:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
> This is a block quote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
>> Nested.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Verbatim (code) blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
### Indented code blocks ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A block of text indented four spaces (or one tab) is treated as verbatim
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: that is, special characters do not trigger special formatting,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and all spaces and line breaks are preserved. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (a > 3) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The initial (four space or one tab) indentation is not considered part
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the verbatim text, and is removed in the output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: blank lines in the verbatim text need not begin with four spaces.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Fenced code blocks ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `fenced_code_blocks` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
In addition to standard indented code blocks, pandoc supports
|
2012-08-22 04:21:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*fenced* code blocks. These begin with a row of three or more
|
2015-05-07 16:22:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tildes (`~`) and end with a row of tildes that must be at least as long as
|
|
|
|
|
|
the starting row. Everything between these lines is treated as code. No
|
|
|
|
|
|
indentation is necessary:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (a > 3) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-22 04:21:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Like regular code blocks, fenced code blocks must be separated
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
from surrounding text by blank lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 21:25:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If the code itself contains a row of tildes or backticks, just use a longer
|
|
|
|
|
|
row of tildes or backticks at the start and end:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
code including tildes
|
|
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-07 16:22:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `backtick_code_blocks` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same as `fenced_code_blocks`, but uses backticks (`` ` ``) instead of tildes
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`~`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `fenced_code_attributes` ####
|
2014-07-12 22:48:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-07 16:22:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Optionally, you may attach attributes to fenced or backtick code block using
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
this syntax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 21:25:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~~~~ {#mycode .haskell .numberLines startFrom="100"}
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
qsort [] = []
|
|
|
|
|
|
qsort (x:xs) = qsort (filter (< x) xs) ++ [x] ++
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
qsort (filter (>= x) xs)
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 21:25:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Here `mycode` is an identifier, `haskell` and `numberLines` are classes, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`startFrom` is an attribute with value `100`. Some output formats can use this
|
|
|
|
|
|
information to do syntax highlighting. Currently, the only output formats
|
2018-01-18 18:34:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
that uses this information are HTML, LaTeX, Docx, Ms, and PowerPoint. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting is supported for your output format and language, then the code
|
|
|
|
|
|
block above will appear highlighted, with numbered lines. (To see which
|
|
|
|
|
|
languages are supported, type `pandoc --list-highlight-languages`.) Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the code block above will appear as follows:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 21:25:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<pre id="mycode" class="haskell numberLines" startFrom="100">
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<code>
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
</code>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</pre>
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-03 00:38:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The `numberLines` (or `number-lines`) class will cause the lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the code block to be numbered, starting with `1` or the value
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the `startFrom` attribute. The `lineAnchors` (or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`line-anchors`) class will cause the lines to be clickable
|
|
|
|
|
|
anchors in HTML output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 21:25:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A shortcut form can also be used for specifying the language of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the code block:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
```haskell
|
|
|
|
|
|
qsort [] = []
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is equivalent to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``` {.haskell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
qsort [] = []
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-12 22:48:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If the `fenced_code_attributes` extension is disabled, but
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
input contains class attribute(s) for the code block, the first
|
2014-07-12 22:48:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
class attribute will be printed after the opening fence as a bare
|
|
|
|
|
|
word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-28 08:46:23 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To prevent all highlighting, use the `--no-highlight` flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To set the highlighting style, use `--highlight-style`.
|
2015-05-26 21:00:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
For more information on highlighting, see [Syntax highlighting],
|
|
|
|
|
|
below.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-14 03:18:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Line blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `line_blocks` ####
|
2013-01-14 03:18:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A line block is a sequence of lines beginning with a vertical bar (`|`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
followed by a space. The division into lines will be preserved in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the output, as will any leading spaces; otherwise, the lines will
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
be formatted as Markdown. This is useful for verse and addresses:
|
2013-01-14 03:18:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| The limerick packs laughs anatomical
|
|
|
|
|
|
| In space that is quite economical.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| But the good ones I've seen
|
|
|
|
|
|
| So seldom are clean
|
|
|
|
|
|
| And the clean ones so seldom are comical
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 200 Main St.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Berkeley, CA 94718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lines can be hard-wrapped if needed, but the continuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
line must begin with a space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| The Right Honorable Most Venerable and Righteous Samuel L.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constable, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 200 Main St.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Berkeley, CA 94718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This syntax is borrowed from [reStructuredText].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Lists
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
### Bullet lists ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A bullet list is a list of bulleted list items. A bulleted list
|
|
|
|
|
|
item begins with a bullet (`*`, `+`, or `-`). Here is a simple
|
|
|
|
|
|
example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* one
|
|
|
|
|
|
* two
|
|
|
|
|
|
* three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This will produce a "compact" list. If you want a "loose" list, in which
|
|
|
|
|
|
each item is formatted as a paragraph, put spaces between the items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* one
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The bullets need not be flush with the left margin; they may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
indented one, two, or three spaces. The bullet must be followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
by whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-02-05 16:10:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
List items look best if subsequent lines are flush with the first
|
|
|
|
|
|
line (after the bullet):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* here is my first
|
|
|
|
|
|
list item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and my second.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
But Markdown also allows a "lazy" format:
|
2011-02-05 16:10:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* here is my first
|
|
|
|
|
|
list item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
* and my second.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Block content in list items ###
|
2011-02-05 16:10:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A list item may contain multiple paragraphs and other block-level
|
2011-02-05 16:10:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
content. However, subsequent paragraphs must be preceded by a blank line
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
and indented to line up with the first non-space content after
|
|
|
|
|
|
the list marker.
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* First paragraph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Continued.
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Second paragraph. With a code block, which must be indented
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
eight spaces:
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ code }
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Exception: if the list marker is followed by an indented code
|
|
|
|
|
|
block, which must begin 5 spaces after the list marker, then
|
|
|
|
|
|
subsequent paragraphs must begin two columns after the last
|
|
|
|
|
|
character of the list marker:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* code
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continuation paragraph
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
List items may include other lists. In this case the preceding blank
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
line is optional. The nested list must be indented to line up with
|
|
|
|
|
|
the first non-space character after the list marker of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
containing list item.
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* fruits
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
+ apples
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- macintosh
|
|
|
|
|
|
- red delicious
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
+ pears
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ peaches
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* vegetables
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
+ broccoli
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ chard
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
As noted above, Markdown allows you to write list items "lazily," instead of
|
2011-02-05 16:10:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
indenting continuation lines. However, if there are multiple paragraphs or
|
|
|
|
|
|
other blocks in a list item, the first line of each must be indented.
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ A lazy, lazy, list
|
|
|
|
|
|
item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ Another one; this looks
|
|
|
|
|
|
bad but is legal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Second paragraph of second
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
list item.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Ordered lists ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Ordered lists work just like bulleted lists, except that the items
|
|
|
|
|
|
begin with enumerators rather than bullets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
In standard Markdown, enumerators are decimal numbers followed
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
by a period and a space. The numbers themselves are ignored, so
|
|
|
|
|
|
there is no difference between this list:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. one
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. two
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and this one:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. one
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. two
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `fancy_lists` ####
|
2008-02-09 04:19:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Unlike standard Markdown, pandoc allows ordered list items to be marked
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
with uppercase and lowercase letters and roman numerals, in addition to
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Arabic numerals. List markers may be enclosed in parentheses or followed by a
|
2007-08-23 06:25:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
single right-parentheses or period. They must be separated from the
|
|
|
|
|
|
text that follows by at least one space, and, if the list marker is a
|
|
|
|
|
|
capital letter with a period, by at least two spaces.[^2]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[^2]: The point of this rule is to ensure that normal paragraphs
|
|
|
|
|
|
starting with people's initials, like
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
B. Russell was an English philosopher.
|
2007-08-23 06:25:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do not get treated as list items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This rule will not prevent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(C) 2007 Joe Smith
|
2007-08-23 06:25:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from being interpreted as a list item. In this case, a backslash
|
|
|
|
|
|
escape can be used:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(C\) 2007 Joe Smith
|
2010-03-24 18:51:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-29 17:38:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The `fancy_lists` extension also allows '`#`' to be used as an
|
|
|
|
|
|
ordered list marker in place of a numeral:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#. one
|
|
|
|
|
|
#. two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `startnum` ####
|
2012-07-28 00:45:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-23 06:25:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc also pays attention to the type of list marker used, and to the
|
|
|
|
|
|
starting number, and both of these are preserved where possible in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
output format. Thus, the following yields a list with numbers followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
by a single parenthesis, starting with 9, and a sublist with lowercase
|
|
|
|
|
|
roman numerals:
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9) Ninth
|
|
|
|
|
|
10) Tenth
|
|
|
|
|
|
11) Eleventh
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
i. subone
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii. subtwo
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii. subthree
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-08 19:06:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc will start a new list each time a different type of list
|
|
|
|
|
|
marker is used. So, the following will create three lists:
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Two
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) Three
|
2008-09-12 02:05:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1. Four
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Five
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-24 18:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If default list markers are desired, use `#.`:
|
2007-08-08 04:43:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#. one
|
|
|
|
|
|
#. two
|
|
|
|
|
|
#. three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-24 18:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Definition lists ###
|
2010-03-24 18:51:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `definition_lists` ####
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc supports definition lists, using the syntax of
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PHP Markdown Extra] with some extensions.[^3]
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Definition 1
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Term 2 with *inline markup*
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: Definition 2
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ some code, part of Definition 2 }
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Third paragraph of definition 2.
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Each term must fit on one line, which may optionally be followed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
a blank line, and must be followed by one or more definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A definition begins with a colon or tilde, which may be indented one
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
or two spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A term may have multiple definitions, and each definition may consist of one or
|
|
|
|
|
|
more block elements (paragraph, code block, list, etc.), each indented four
|
|
|
|
|
|
spaces or one tab stop. The body of the definition (including the first line,
|
|
|
|
|
|
aside from the colon or tilde) should be indented four spaces. However,
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
as with other Markdown lists, you can "lazily" omit indentation except
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
at the beginning of a paragraph or other block element:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Definition
|
|
|
|
|
|
with lazy continuation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Second paragraph of the definition.
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you leave space before the definition (as in the example above),
|
|
|
|
|
|
the text of the definition will be treated as a paragraph. In some
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
output formats, this will mean greater spacing between term/definition
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pairs. For a more compact definition list, omit the space before the
|
|
|
|
|
|
definition:
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term 1
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Definition 1
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-10 21:43:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Term 2
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Definition 2a
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ Definition 2b
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that space between items in a definition list is required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A variant that loosens this requirement, but disallows "lazy"
|
|
|
|
|
|
hard wrapping, can be activated with `compact_definition_lists`: see
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Non-pandoc extensions], below.)
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[^3]: I have been influenced by the suggestions of [David Wheeler](http://www.justatheory.com/computers/markup/modest-markdown-proposal.html).
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Numbered example lists ###
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `example_lists` ####
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The special list marker `@` can be used for sequentially numbered
|
|
|
|
|
|
examples. The first list item with a `@` marker will be numbered '1',
|
|
|
|
|
|
the next '2', and so on, throughout the document. The numbered examples
|
|
|
|
|
|
need not occur in a single list; each new list using `@` will take up
|
|
|
|
|
|
where the last stopped. So, for example:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(@) My first example will be numbered (1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
(@) My second example will be numbered (2).
|
2007-01-04 18:44:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Explanation of examples.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(@) My third example will be numbered (3).
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Numbered examples can be labeled and referred to elsewhere in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(@good) This is a good example.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
As (@good) illustrates, ...
|
2006-12-19 08:30:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The label can be any string of alphanumeric characters, underscores,
|
|
|
|
|
|
or hyphens.
|
2006-12-19 08:30:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-13 19:20:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: continuation paragraphs in example lists must always
|
|
|
|
|
|
be indented four spaces, regardless of the length of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
list marker. That is, example lists always behave as if the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`four_space_rule` extension is set. This is because example
|
|
|
|
|
|
labels tend to be long, and indenting content to the
|
|
|
|
|
|
first non-space character after the label would be awkward.
|
2006-12-19 08:30:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Compact and loose lists ###
|
2006-12-20 00:13:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc behaves differently from `Markdown.pl` on some "edge
|
2011-02-15 19:40:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
cases" involving lists. Consider this source:
|
2006-12-19 08:30:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
+ First
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ Second:
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- Fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Fie
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Foe
|
2006-12-20 00:13:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
+ Third
|
Extensive changes stemming from a rethinking of the Pandoc data
structure. Key and Note blocks have been removed. Link and image URLs
are now stored directly in Link and Image inlines, and note blocks
are stored in Note inlines. This requires changes in both parsers
and writers. Markdown and RST parsers need to extract data from key
and note blocks and insert them into the relevant inline elements.
Other parsers can be simplified, since there is no longer any need to
construct separate key and note blocks. Markdown, RST, and HTML writers
need to construct lists of notes; Markdown and RST writers need to
construct lists of link references (when the --reference-links option
is specified); and the RST writer needs to construct a list of image
substitution references. All writers have been rewritten to use the
State monad when state is required. This rewrite yields a small speed
boost and considerably cleaner code.
* Text/Pandoc/Definition.hs:
+ blocks: removed Key and Note
+ inlines: removed NoteRef, added Note
+ modified Target: there is no longer a 'Ref' target; all targets
are explicit URL, title pairs
* Text/Pandoc/Shared.hs:
+ Added 'Reference', 'isNoteBlock', 'isKeyBlock', 'isLineClump',
used in some of the readers.
+ Removed 'generateReference', 'keyTable', 'replaceReferenceLinks',
'replaceRefLinksBlockList', along with some auxiliary functions
used only by them. These are no longer needed, since
reference links are resolved in the Markdown and RST readers.
+ Moved 'inTags', 'selfClosingTag', 'inTagsSimple', and 'inTagsIndented'
to the Docbook writer, since that is now the only module that uses
them.
+ Changed name of 'escapeSGMLString' to 'escapeStringForXML'
+ Added KeyTable and NoteTable types
+ Removed fields from ParserState; 'stateKeyBlocks', 'stateKeysUsed',
'stateNoteBlocks', 'stateNoteIdentifiers', 'stateInlineLinks'.
Added 'stateKeys' and 'stateNotes'.
+ Added clause for Note to 'prettyBlock'.
+ Added 'writerNotes', 'writerReferenceLinks' fields to WriterOptions.
* Text/Pandoc/Entities.hs: Renamed 'escapeSGMLChar' and
'escapeSGMLString' to 'escapeCharForXML' and 'escapeStringForXML'
* Text/ParserCombinators/Pandoc.hs: Added lineClump parser: parses a raw
line block up to and including following blank lines.
* Main.hs: Replaced --inline-links with --reference-links.
* README:
+ Documented --reference-links and removed description of --inline-links.
+ Added note that footnotes may occur anywhere in the document, but must
be at the outer level, not embedded in block elements.
* man/man1/pandoc.1, man/man1/html2markdown.1: Removed --inline-links
option, added --reference-links option
* Markdown and RST readers:
+ Rewrote to fit new Pandoc definition. Since there are no longer
Note or Key blocks, all note and key blocks are parsed on a first pass
through the document. Once tables of notes and keys have been constructed,
the remaining parts of the document are reassembled and parsed.
+ Refactored link parsers.
* LaTeX and HTML readers: Rewrote to fit new Pandoc definition. Since
there are no longer Note or Key blocks, notes and references can be
parsed in a single pass through the document.
* RST, Markdown, and HTML writers: Rewrote using state monad new Pandoc
and definition. State is used to hold lists of references footnotes to
and be printed at the end of the document.
* RTF and LaTeX writers: Rewrote using new Pandoc definition. (Because
of the different treatment of footnotes, the "notes" parameter is no
longer needed in the block and inline conversion functions.)
* Docbook writer:
+ Moved the functions 'attributeList', 'inTags', 'selfClosingTag',
'inTagsSimple', 'inTagsIndented' from Text/Pandoc/Shared, since
they are now used only by the Docbook writer.
+ Rewrote using new Pandoc definition. (Because of the different
treatment of footnotes, the "notes" parameter is no longer needed
in the block and inline conversion functions.)
* Updated test suite
* Throughout: old haskell98 module names replaced by hierarchical module
names, e.g. List by Data.List.
* debian/control: Include libghc6-xhtml-dev instead of libghc6-html-dev
in "Build-Depends."
* cabalize:
+ Remove haskell98 from BASE_DEPENDS (since now the new hierarchical
module names are being used throughout)
+ Added mtl to BASE_DEPENDS (needed for state monad)
+ Removed html from GHC66_DEPENDS (not needed since xhtml is now used)
git-svn-id: https://pandoc.googlecode.com/svn/trunk@580 788f1e2b-df1e-0410-8736-df70ead52e1b
2007-04-10 03:56:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc transforms this into a "compact list" (with no `<p>` tags around
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
"First", "Second", or "Third"), while Markdown puts `<p>` tags around
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
"Second" and "Third" (but not "First"), because of the blank space
|
|
|
|
|
|
around "Third". Pandoc follows a simple rule: if the text is followed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
a blank line, it is treated as a paragraph. Since "Second" is followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
by a list, and not a blank line, it isn't treated as a paragraph. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
fact that the list is followed by a blank line is irrelevant. (Note:
|
2012-08-10 07:30:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc works this way even when the `markdown_strict` format is specified. This
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
behavior is consistent with the official Markdown syntax description,
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
even though it is different from that of `Markdown.pl`.)
|
2006-12-20 00:13:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Ending a list ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What if you want to put an indented code block after a list?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- item one
|
|
|
|
|
|
- item two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ my code block }
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Trouble! Here pandoc (like other Markdown implementations) will treat
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`{ my code block }` as the second paragraph of item two, and not as
|
|
|
|
|
|
a code block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To "cut off" the list after item two, you can insert some non-indented
|
|
|
|
|
|
content, like an HTML comment, which won't produce visible output in
|
|
|
|
|
|
any format:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- item one
|
|
|
|
|
|
- item two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- end of list -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ my code block }
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the same trick if you want two consecutive lists instead
|
|
|
|
|
|
of one big list:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. one
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. two
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- -->
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-09 16:20:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1. uno
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. dos
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. tres
|
2011-01-29 06:54:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Horizontal rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A line containing a row of three or more `*`, `-`, or `_` characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
(optionally separated by spaces) produces a horizontal rule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* * * *
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Four kinds of tables may be used. The first three kinds presuppose the use of
|
|
|
|
|
|
a fixed-width font, such as Courier. The fourth kind can be used with
|
|
|
|
|
|
proportionally spaced fonts, as it does not require lining up columns.
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `table_captions` ####
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-25 19:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
A caption may optionally be provided with all 4 kinds of tables (as
|
2014-07-28 17:19:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
illustrated in the examples below). A caption is a paragraph beginning
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the string `Table:` (or just `:`), which will be stripped off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
It may appear either before or after the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `simple_tables` ####
|
2013-01-23 04:31:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Simple tables look like this:
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-28 04:22:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Right Left Center Default
|
|
|
|
|
|
------- ------ ---------- -------
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
12 12 12 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
123 123 123 123
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 1 1 1
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table: Demonstration of simple table syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The headers and table rows must each fit on one line. Column
|
|
|
|
|
|
alignments are determined by the position of the header text relative
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
to the dashed line below it:[^4]
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If the dashed line is flush with the header text on the right side
|
|
|
|
|
|
but extends beyond it on the left, the column is right-aligned.
|
2011-02-15 19:40:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- If the dashed line is flush with the header text on the left side
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
but extends beyond it on the right, the column is left-aligned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If the dashed line extends beyond the header text on both sides,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the column is centered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If the dashed line is flush with the header text on both sides,
|
|
|
|
|
|
the default alignment is used (in most cases, this will be left).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-29 21:57:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[^4]: This scheme is due to Michel Fortin, who proposed it on the
|
2008-08-02 19:56:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Markdown discussion list](http://six.pairlist.net/pipermail/markdown-discuss/2005-March/001097.html).
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The table must end with a blank line, or a line of dashes followed by
|
2014-07-28 17:19:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
a blank line.
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The column headers may be omitted, provided a dashed line is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
to end the table. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
------- ------ ---------- -------
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
12 12 12 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
123 123 123 123
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 1 1 1
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
------- ------ ---------- -------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When headers are omitted, column alignments are determined on the basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the first line of the table body. So, in the tables above, the columns
|
|
|
|
|
|
would be right, left, center, and right aligned, respectively.
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `multiline_tables` ####
|
2013-01-23 04:31:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Multiline tables allow headers and table rows to span multiple lines
|
2010-09-23 15:21:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
of text (but cells that span multiple columns or rows of the table are
|
|
|
|
|
|
not supported). Here is an example:
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-28 21:16:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
Centered Default Right Left
|
|
|
|
|
|
Header Aligned Aligned Aligned
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
First row 12.0 Example of a row that
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
spans multiple lines.
|
2009-11-28 04:22:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-28 21:16:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Second row 5.0 Here's another one. Note
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
the blank line between
|
|
|
|
|
|
rows.
|
2007-07-28 21:16:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
2009-11-28 04:22:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-28 21:16:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Table: Here's the caption. It, too, may span
|
|
|
|
|
|
multiple lines.
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These work like simple tables, but with the following differences:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- They must begin with a row of dashes, before the header text
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unless the headers are omitted).
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- They must end with a row of dashes, then a blank line.
|
2009-11-28 04:22:33 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- The rows must be separated by blank lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In multiline tables, the table parser pays attention to the widths of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the columns, and the writers try to reproduce these relative widths in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the output. So, if you find that one of the columns is too narrow in the
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
output, try widening it in the Markdown source.
|
2007-01-15 20:52:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Headers may be omitted in multiline tables as well as simple tables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
First row 12.0 Example of a row that
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
spans multiple lines.
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second row 5.0 Here's another one. Note
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
the blank line between
|
|
|
|
|
|
rows.
|
2013-01-14 04:00:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-07 06:01:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Here's a multiline table without headers.
|
2009-12-05 22:34:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is possible for a multiline table to have just one row, but the row
|
|
|
|
|
|
should be followed by a blank line (and then the row of dashes that ends
|
|
|
|
|
|
the table), or the table may be interpreted as a simple table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `grid_tables` ####
|
2013-01-23 04:31:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Grid tables look like this:
|
2010-07-07 08:05:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Sample grid table.
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-07 08:05:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Fruit | Price | Advantages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+===============+===============+====================+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Bananas | $1.34 | - built-in wrapper |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | | - bright color |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Oranges | $2.10 | - cures scurvy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | | - tasty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The row of `=`s separates the header from the table body, and can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
omitted for a headerless table. The cells of grid tables may contain
|
|
|
|
|
|
arbitrary block elements (multiple paragraphs, code blocks, lists,
|
2016-11-15 16:41:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
etc.). Cells that span multiple columns or rows are not
|
|
|
|
|
|
supported. Grid tables can be created easily using [Emacs table mode].
|
2010-03-16 05:06:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[Emacs table mode]: http://table.sourceforge.net/
|
2010-03-18 03:39:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-15 16:41:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Alignments can be specified as with pipe tables, by putting
|
|
|
|
|
|
colons at the boundaries of the separator line after the
|
|
|
|
|
|
header:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Right | Left | Centered |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+==============:+:==============+:==================:+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Bananas | $1.34 | built-in wrapper |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For headerless tables, the colons go on the top line instead:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--------------:+:--------------+:------------------:+
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Right | Left | Centered |
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------+---------------+--------------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-23 22:50:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
##### Grid Table Limitations #####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc does not support grid tables with row spans or column spans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that neither variable numbers of columns across rows nor
|
|
|
|
|
|
variable numbers of rows across columns are supported by Pandoc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
All grid tables must have the same number of columns in each row,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the same number of rows in each column. For example, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Docutils [sample grid tables] will not render as expected with
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[sample grid tables]: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html#grid-tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-11-15 16:41:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `pipe_tables` ####
|
2013-01-23 04:31:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pipe tables look like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Right | Left | Default | Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|------:|:-----|---------|:------:|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 123 | 123 | 123 | 123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-28 17:19:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: Demonstration of pipe table syntax.
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The syntax is identical to [PHP Markdown Extra tables]. The beginning and
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
ending pipe characters are optional, but pipes are required between all
|
|
|
|
|
|
columns. The colons indicate column alignment as shown. The header
|
2015-03-07 19:40:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
cannot be omitted. To simulate a headerless table, include a header
|
|
|
|
|
|
with blank cells.
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since the pipes indicate column boundaries, columns need not be vertically
|
|
|
|
|
|
aligned, as they are in the above example. So, this is a perfectly
|
|
|
|
|
|
legal (though ugly) pipe table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fruit| price
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----|-----:
|
|
|
|
|
|
apple|2.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
pear|1.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
orange|3.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cells of pipe tables cannot contain block elements like paragraphs
|
2015-11-25 05:26:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
and lists, and cannot span multiple lines. If a pipe table contains a
|
2015-12-03 20:02:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
row whose printable content is wider than the column width (see
|
2018-05-10 06:05:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`--columns`), then the table will take up the full text width and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the cell contents will wrap, with the relative cell widths determined
|
|
|
|
|
|
by the number of dashes in the line separating the table header from
|
|
|
|
|
|
the table body. (For example `---|-` would make the first column 3/4
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the second column 1/4 of the full text width.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the other hand, if no lines are wider than column width, then
|
2017-12-13 00:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
cell contents will not be wrapped, and the cells will be sized
|
|
|
|
|
|
to their contents.
|
2012-07-23 04:29:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: pandoc also recognizes pipe tables of the following
|
2015-05-05 18:51:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
form, as can be produced by Emacs' orgtbl-mode:
|
2012-08-10 22:37:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| One | Two |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|-----+-------|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| my | table |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| is | nice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The difference is that `+` is used instead of `|`. Other orgtbl features
|
|
|
|
|
|
are not supported. In particular, to get non-default column alignment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
you'll need to add colons as above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[PHP Markdown Extra tables]: https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/#table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-28 17:19:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Metadata blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------
|
2010-03-16 05:06:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `pandoc_title_block` ####
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the file begins with a title block
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
% title
|
|
|
|
|
|
% author(s) (separated by semicolons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
% date
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
it will be parsed as bibliographic information, not regular text. (It
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be used, for example, in the title of standalone LaTeX or HTML
|
|
|
|
|
|
output.) The block may contain just a title, a title and an author,
|
2010-02-28 12:21:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
or all three elements. If you want to include an author but no
|
|
|
|
|
|
title, or a title and a date but no author, you need a blank line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Author
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% My title
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
% June 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The title may occupy multiple lines, but continuation lines must
|
|
|
|
|
|
begin with leading space, thus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% My title
|
|
|
|
|
|
on multiple lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a document has multiple authors, the authors may be put on
|
|
|
|
|
|
separate lines with leading space, or separated by semicolons, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
both. So, all of the following are equivalent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Author One
|
|
|
|
|
|
Author Two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Author One; Author Two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Author One;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Author Two
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The date must fit on one line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All three metadata fields may contain standard inline formatting
|
|
|
|
|
|
(italics, links, footnotes, etc.).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title blocks will always be parsed, but they will affect the output only
|
|
|
|
|
|
when the `--standalone` (`-s`) option is chosen. In HTML output, titles
|
|
|
|
|
|
will appear twice: once in the document head -- this is the title that
|
|
|
|
|
|
will appear at the top of the window in a browser -- and once at the
|
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of the document body. The title in the document head can have
|
|
|
|
|
|
an optional prefix attached (`--title-prefix` or `-T` option). The title
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the body appears as an H1 element with class "title", so it can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
suppressed or reformatted with CSS. If a title prefix is specified with
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-T` and no title block appears in the document, the title prefix will
|
|
|
|
|
|
be used by itself as the HTML title.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-10 08:19:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The man page writer extracts a title, man page section number, and
|
2007-07-21 22:30:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
other header and footer information from the title line. The title
|
|
|
|
|
|
is assumed to be the first word on the title line, which may optionally
|
|
|
|
|
|
end with a (single-digit) section number in parentheses. (There should
|
|
|
|
|
|
be no space between the title and the parentheses.) Anything after
|
|
|
|
|
|
this is assumed to be additional footer and header text. A single pipe
|
|
|
|
|
|
character (`|`) should be used to separate the footer text from the header
|
|
|
|
|
|
text. Thus,
|
2007-07-10 08:19:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-21 22:33:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% PANDOC(1)
|
2007-07-10 08:19:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-21 22:33:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
will yield a man page with the title `PANDOC` and section 1.
|
2007-07-10 08:19:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-21 22:33:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% PANDOC(1) Pandoc User Manuals
|
2007-07-10 08:19:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-21 22:30:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
will also have "Pandoc User Manuals" in the footer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-21 22:33:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
% PANDOC(1) Pandoc User Manuals | Version 4.0
|
2007-07-21 22:30:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will also have "Version 4.0" in the header.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `yaml_metadata_block` ####
|
2013-07-03 05:54:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-19 03:39:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
A YAML metadata block is a valid YAML object, delimited by a line of three
|
|
|
|
|
|
hyphens (`---`) at the top and a line of three hyphens (`---`) or three dots
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`...`) at the bottom. A YAML metadata block may occur anywhere in the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document, but if it is not at the beginning, it must be preceded by a blank
|
2014-07-10 22:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
line. (Note that, because of the way pandoc concatenates input files when
|
|
|
|
|
|
several are provided, you may also keep the metadata in a separate YAML file
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
and pass it to pandoc as an argument, along with your Markdown files:
|
2014-07-10 22:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc chap1.md chap2.md chap3.md metadata.yaml -s -o book.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Just be sure that the YAML file begins with `---` and ends with `---` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`...`.)
|
2013-08-19 03:39:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metadata will be taken from the fields of the YAML object and added to any
|
|
|
|
|
|
existing document metadata. Metadata can contain lists and objects (nested
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
arbitrarily), but all string scalars will be interpreted as Markdown. Fields
|
2013-08-19 03:39:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
with names ending in an underscore will be ignored by pandoc. (They may be
|
|
|
|
|
|
given a role by external processors.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A document may contain multiple metadata blocks. The metadata fields will
|
|
|
|
|
|
be combined through a *left-biased union*: if two metadata blocks attempt
|
|
|
|
|
|
to set the same field, the value from the first block will be taken.
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
When pandoc is used with `-t markdown` to create a Markdown document,
|
2014-12-15 18:20:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
a YAML metadata block will be produced only if the `-s/--standalone`
|
|
|
|
|
|
option is used. All of the metadata will appear in a single block
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the beginning of the document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that YAML escaping rules must be followed. Thus, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
if a title contains a colon, it must be quoted. The pipe character
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`|`) can be used to begin an indented block that will be interpreted
|
|
|
|
|
|
literally, without need for escaping. This form is necessary
|
2017-03-12 10:08:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
when the field contains blank lines or block-level formatting:
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-16 04:32:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
title: 'This is the title: it contains a colon'
|
|
|
|
|
|
author:
|
2016-08-15 15:46:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- Author One
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Author Two
|
2013-07-16 04:32:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
tags: [nothing, nothingness]
|
|
|
|
|
|
abstract: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the abstract.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It consists of two paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-19 03:39:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Template variables will be set automatically from the metadata. Thus, for
|
|
|
|
|
|
example, in writing HTML, the variable `abstract` will be set to the HTML
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
equivalent of the Markdown in the `abstract` field:
|
2013-07-03 07:54:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>This is the abstract.</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>It consists of two paragraphs.</p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-15 15:46:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Variables can contain arbitrary YAML structures, but the template must match
|
|
|
|
|
|
this structure. The `author` variable in the default templates expects a
|
|
|
|
|
|
simple list or string, but can be changed to support more complicated
|
|
|
|
|
|
structures. The following combination, for example, would add an affiliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the author if one is given:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
title: The document title
|
|
|
|
|
|
author:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- name: Author One
|
|
|
|
|
|
affiliation: University of Somewhere
|
|
|
|
|
|
- name: Author Two
|
|
|
|
|
|
affiliation: University of Nowhere
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use the structured authors in the example above, you would need a custom
|
|
|
|
|
|
template:
|
2013-12-11 19:46:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$for(author)$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$if(author.name)$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$author.name$$if(author.affiliation)$ ($author.affiliation$)$endif$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$else$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$author$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endif$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$endfor$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-13 21:19:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Raw content to include in the document's header may be specified
|
|
|
|
|
|
using `header-includes`; however, it is important to mark up
|
|
|
|
|
|
this content as raw code for a particular output format, using
|
|
|
|
|
|
the [`raw_attribute` extension](#extension-raw_attribute)), or it
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be interpreted as markdown. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
header-includes:
|
2018-03-22 01:08:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
```{=latex}
|
2018-01-13 21:19:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
\let\oldsection\section
|
|
|
|
|
|
\renewcommand{\section}[1]{\clearpage\oldsection{#1}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Backslash escapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `all_symbols_escapable` ####
|
2012-07-28 01:00:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Except inside a code block or inline code, any punctuation or space
|
|
|
|
|
|
character preceded by a backslash will be treated literally, even if it
|
|
|
|
|
|
would normally indicate formatting. Thus, for example, if one writes
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
*\*hello\**
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
one will get
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<em>*hello*</em>
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
instead of
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<strong>hello</strong>
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This rule is easier to remember than standard Markdown's rule,
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
which allows only the following characters to be backslash-escaped:
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
\`*_{}[]()>#+-.!
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(However, if the `markdown_strict` format is used, the standard Markdown rule
|
2012-08-10 05:19:06 +02:00
|
|
|
|
will be used.)
|
2007-12-21 20:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A backslash-escaped space is parsed as a nonbreaking space. It will
|
|
|
|
|
|
appear in TeX output as `~` and in HTML and XML as `\ ` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\ `.
|
2007-12-21 20:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A backslash-escaped newline (i.e. a backslash occurring at the end of
|
|
|
|
|
|
a line) is parsed as a hard line break. It will appear in TeX output as
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\\` and in HTML as `<br />`. This is a nice alternative to
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown's "invisible" way of indicating hard line breaks using
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
two trailing spaces on a line.
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Backslash escapes do not work in verbatim contexts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Inline formatting
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Emphasis ###
|
2007-07-12 06:33:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To *emphasize* some text, surround it with `*`s or `_`, like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This text is _emphasized with underscores_, and this
|
|
|
|
|
|
is *emphasized with asterisks*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Double `*` or `_` produces **strong emphasis**:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is **strong emphasis** and __with underscores__.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A `*` or `_` character surrounded by spaces, or backslash-escaped,
|
|
|
|
|
|
will not trigger emphasis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is * not emphasized *, and \*neither is this\*.
|
2010-07-16 04:01:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `intraword_underscores` ####
|
2012-07-28 04:04:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Because `_` is sometimes used inside words and identifiers,
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc does not interpret a `_` surrounded by alphanumeric
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters as an emphasis marker. If you want to emphasize
|
|
|
|
|
|
just part of a word, use `*`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feas*ible*, not feas*able*.
|
2006-12-31 00:19:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Strikeout ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `strikeout` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To strikeout a section of text with a horizontal line, begin and end it
|
|
|
|
|
|
with `~~`. Thus, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This ~~is deleted text.~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Superscripts and subscripts ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `superscript`, `subscript` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Superscripts may be written by surrounding the superscripted text by `^`
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters; subscripts may be written by surrounding the subscripted
|
|
|
|
|
|
text by `~` characters. Thus, for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H~2~O is a liquid. 2^10^ is 1024.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the superscripted or subscripted text contains spaces, these spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
must be escaped with backslashes. (This is to prevent accidental
|
|
|
|
|
|
superscripting and subscripting through the ordinary use of `~` and `^`.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, if you want the letter P with 'a cat' in subscripts, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
`P~a\ cat~`, not `P~a cat~`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
### Verbatim ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To make a short span of text verbatim, put it inside backticks:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between `>>=` and `>>`?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the verbatim text includes a backtick, use double backticks:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is a literal backtick `` ` ``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(The spaces after the opening backticks and before the closing
|
|
|
|
|
|
backticks will be ignored.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The general rule is that a verbatim span starts with a string
|
|
|
|
|
|
of consecutive backticks (optionally followed by a space)
|
|
|
|
|
|
and ends with a string of the same number of backticks (optionally
|
|
|
|
|
|
preceded by a space).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note that backslash-escapes (and other Markdown constructs) do not
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
work in verbatim contexts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a backslash followed by an asterisk: `\*`.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `inline_code_attributes` ####
|
2012-07-28 04:04:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-04-29 23:25:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Attributes can be attached to verbatim text, just as with
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[fenced code blocks]:
|
2012-04-29 23:25:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<$>`{.haskell}
|
2006-12-31 00:19:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-21 00:24:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Small caps ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 19:19:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To write small caps, use the `smallcaps` class:
|
2014-06-21 00:24:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 19:19:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[Small caps]{.smallcaps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Or, without the `bracketed_spans` extension:
|
2014-06-21 00:24:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 19:19:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<span class="smallcaps">Small caps</span>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For compatibility with other Markdown flavors, CSS is also supported:
|
2017-11-18 22:58:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 19:19:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<span style="font-variant:small-caps;">Small caps</span>
|
2014-06-21 00:24:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 19:19:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This will work in all output formats that support small caps.
|
2016-11-16 11:53:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-01 04:11:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
|
|
----
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `tex_math_dollars` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anything between two `$` characters will be treated as TeX math. The
|
2014-09-29 23:55:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
opening `$` must have a non-space character immediately to its right,
|
|
|
|
|
|
while the closing `$` must have a non-space character immediately to its
|
|
|
|
|
|
left, and must not be followed immediately by a digit. Thus,
|
2007-12-01 04:11:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`$20,000 and $30,000` won't parse as math. If for some reason
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
you need to enclose text in literal `$` characters, backslash-escape
|
2007-12-01 04:11:35 +01:00
|
|
|
|
them and they won't be treated as math delimiters.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
TeX math will be printed in all output formats. How it is rendered
|
|
|
|
|
|
depends on the output format:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-29 08:11:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown, LaTeX, Emacs Org mode, ConTeXt, ZimWiki
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ It will appear verbatim between `$` characters.
|
2007-12-01 04:11:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
reStructuredText
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered using an [interpreted text role `:math:`].
|
2008-01-04 19:59:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-19 04:56:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
AsciiDoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered as `latexmath:[...]`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Texinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered inside a `@math` command.
|
2008-02-24 06:48:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
groff man
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered verbatim without `$`'s.
|
2007-12-02 01:36:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-08 00:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
MediaWiki, DokuWiki
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered inside `<math>` tags.
|
2008-07-27 05:25:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Textile
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered inside `<span class="math">` tags.
|
2010-04-10 21:38:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-26 00:00:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
RTF, OpenDocument
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered, if possible, using Unicode characters,
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
and will otherwise appear verbatim.
|
2007-12-02 01:36:32 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-07-26 00:00:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
ODT
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered, if possible, using MathML.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
DocBook
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ If the `--mathml` flag is used, it will be rendered using MathML
|
2012-01-31 19:32:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
in an `inlineequation` or `informalequation` tag. Otherwise it
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
will be rendered, if possible, using Unicode characters.
|
2012-01-31 19:32:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-20 08:26:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Docx
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ It will be rendered using OMML math markup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-02-15 19:40:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
FictionBook2
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ If the `--webtex` option is used, formulas are rendered as images
|
2016-10-04 13:43:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
using CodeCogs or other compatible web service, downloaded
|
2011-02-15 19:40:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
and embedded in the e-book. Otherwise, they will appear verbatim.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HTML, Slidy, DZSlides, S5, EPUB
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ The way math is rendered in HTML will depend on the
|
2017-11-07 21:43:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
command-line options selected. Therefore see [Math rendering in HTML]
|
|
|
|
|
|
above.
|
2010-10-27 04:57:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[interpreted text role `:math:`]: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/roles.html#math
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Raw HTML
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `raw_html` ####
|
2012-08-13 07:04:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 21:44:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown allows you to insert raw HTML (or DocBook) anywhere in a document
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(except verbatim contexts, where `<`, `>`, and `&` are interpreted
|
2013-12-23 17:00:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
literally). (Technically this is not an extension, since standard
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown allows it, but it has been made an extension so that it can
|
2012-08-13 07:04:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
be disabled if desired.)
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-24 10:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The raw HTML is passed through unchanged in HTML, S5, Slidy, Slideous,
|
2016-06-14 00:06:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
DZSlides, EPUB, Markdown, Emacs Org mode, and Textile output, and suppressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
in other formats.
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `markdown_in_html_blocks` ####
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Standard Markdown allows you to include HTML "blocks": blocks
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
of HTML between balanced tags that are separated from the surrounding text
|
|
|
|
|
|
with blank lines, and start and end at the left margin. Within
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
these blocks, everything is interpreted as HTML, not Markdown;
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
so (for example), `*` does not signify emphasis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-10 07:30:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc behaves this way when the `markdown_strict` format is used; but
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
by default, pandoc interprets material between HTML block tags as Markdown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, for example, pandoc will turn
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<table>
|
2015-05-11 17:59:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<td>*one*</td>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<td>[a link](http://google.com)</td>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
into
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<table>
|
2015-05-11 17:59:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
<tr>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<td><em>one</em></td>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<td><a href="http://google.com">a link</a></td>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</tr>
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
</table>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
whereas `Markdown.pl` will preserve it as is.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is one exception to this rule: text between `<script>` and
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`<style>` tags is not interpreted as Markdown.
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This departure from standard Markdown should make it easier to mix
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown with HTML block elements. For example, one can surround
|
|
|
|
|
|
a block of Markdown text with `<div>` tags without preventing it
|
|
|
|
|
|
from being interpreted as Markdown.
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-09 06:04:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `native_divs` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use native pandoc `Div` blocks for content inside `<div>` tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the most part this should give the same output as
|
|
|
|
|
|
`markdown_in_html_blocks`, but it makes it easier to write pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
filters to manipulate groups of blocks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `native_spans` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use native pandoc `Span` blocks for content inside `<span>` tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the most part this should give the same output as `raw_html`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but it makes it easier to write pandoc filters to manipulate groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
of inlines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `raw_tex` ####
|
2007-12-01 04:11:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
In addition to raw HTML, pandoc allows raw LaTeX, TeX, and ConTeXt to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in a document. Inline TeX commands will be preserved and passed
|
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged to the LaTeX and ConTeXt writers. Thus, for example, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
|
LaTeX to include BibTeX citations:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This result was proved in \cite{jones.1967}.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-26 04:40:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that in LaTeX environments, like
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}\hline
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age & Frequency \\ \hline
|
|
|
|
|
|
18--25 & 15 \\
|
2011-02-15 19:40:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
26--35 & 33 \\
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
36--45 & 22 \\ \hline
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end{tabular}
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-26 04:40:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
the material between the begin and end tags will be interpreted as raw
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX, not as Markdown.
|
2007-07-13 09:12:23 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-01 04:11:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Inline LaTeX is ignored in output formats other than Markdown, LaTeX,
|
2016-06-12 21:09:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs Org mode, and ConTeXt.
|
2007-12-01 04:11:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-22 23:38:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Generic raw attribute ###
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `raw_attribute` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inline spans and fenced code blocks with a special
|
|
|
|
|
|
kind of attribute will be parsed as raw content with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
designated format. For example, the following produces a raw
|
|
|
|
|
|
groff `ms` block:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
```{=ms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
.MYMACRO
|
|
|
|
|
|
blah blah
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
And the following produces a raw `html` inline element:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is `<a>html</a>`{=html}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-19 17:20:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This can be useful to insert raw xml into `docx` documents, e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
|
a pagebreak:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
```{=openxml}
|
|
|
|
|
|
<w:p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<w:r>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<w:br w:type="page"/>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</w:r>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</w:p>
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-23 11:36:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The format name should match the target format name (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-t/--to`, above, for a list, or use `pandoc
|
2018-03-19 17:22:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
--list-output-formats`). Use `openxml` for `docx` output,
|
2018-03-20 00:00:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`opendocument` for `odt` output, `html5` for `epub3` output,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`html4` for `epub2` output, and `latex`, `beamer`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ms`, or `html5` for `pdf` output (depending on what you
|
|
|
|
|
|
use for `--pdf-engine`).
|
2017-06-23 11:36:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-22 23:38:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This extension presupposes that the relevant kind of
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline code or fenced code block is enabled. Thus, for
|
|
|
|
|
|
example, to use a raw attribute with a backtick code block,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`backtick_code_blocks` must be enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The raw attribute cannot be combined with regular attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-07-28 04:04:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX macros
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `latex_macros` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-23 02:59:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
For output formats other than LaTeX, pandoc will parse LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
macro definitions and apply the resulting macros to all LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
math and raw LaTeX. So, for example, the following will work in
|
|
|
|
|
|
all output formats, not just LaTeX:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\newcommand{\tuple}[1]{\langle #1 \rangle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$\tuple{a, b, c}$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-15 01:05:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note that LaTeX macros will not be applied if they occur
|
|
|
|
|
|
inside inside a raw span or block marked with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`raw_attribute` extension](#extension-raw_attribute).
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-15 01:05:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
When `latex_macros` is disabled, the raw LaTeX and math will
|
2017-12-23 02:59:47 +01:00
|
|
|
|
not have macros applied. This is usually a better approach when
|
|
|
|
|
|
you are targeting LaTeX or PDF.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-15 01:05:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Whether or not `latex_macros` is enabled, the macro definitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
will still be passed through as raw LaTeX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Links
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown allows links to be specified in several ways.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Automatic links ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If you enclose a URL or email address in pointy brackets, it
|
|
|
|
|
|
will become a link:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<http://google.com>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sam@green.eggs.ham>
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Inline links ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
An inline link consists of the link text in square brackets,
|
|
|
|
|
|
followed by the URL in parentheses. (Optionally, the URL can
|
|
|
|
|
|
be followed by a link title, in quotes.)
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This is an [inline link](/url), and here's [one with
|
|
|
|
|
|
a title](http://fsf.org "click here for a good time!").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There can be no space between the bracketed part and the parenthesized part.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The link text can contain formatting (such as emphasis), but the title cannot.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-26 11:49:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Email addresses in inline links are not autodetected, so they have to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
prefixed with `mailto`:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Write me!](mailto:sam@green.eggs.ham)
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
### Reference links ###
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
An *explicit* reference link has two parts, the link itself and the link
|
|
|
|
|
|
definition, which may occur elsewhere in the document (either
|
|
|
|
|
|
before or after the link).
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The link consists of link text in square brackets, followed by a label in
|
2017-05-25 12:50:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
square brackets. (There cannot be space between the two unless the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`spaced_reference_links` extension is enabled.) The link definition
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
consists of the bracketed label, followed by a colon and a space, followed by
|
|
|
|
|
|
the URL, and optionally (after a space) a link title either in quotes or in
|
2014-12-15 19:50:10 +01:00
|
|
|
|
parentheses. The label must not be parseable as a citation (assuming
|
|
|
|
|
|
the `citations` extension is enabled): citations take precedence over
|
|
|
|
|
|
link labels.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Here are some examples:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[my label 1]: /foo/bar.html "My title, optional"
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my label 2]: /foo
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my label 3]: http://fsf.org (The free software foundation)
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my label 4]: /bar#special 'A title in single quotes'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The URL may optionally be surrounded by angle brackets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my label 5]: <http://foo.bar.baz>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The title may go on the next line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my label 3]: http://fsf.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
"The free software foundation"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that link labels are not case sensitive. So, this will work:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is [my link][FOO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Foo]: /bar/baz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In an *implicit* reference link, the second pair of brackets is
|
2015-03-15 20:01:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
empty:
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-15 20:01:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
See [my website][].
|
2011-01-29 08:18:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my website]: http://foo.bar.baz
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: In `Markdown.pl` and most other Markdown implementations,
|
2012-08-13 04:32:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
reference link definitions cannot occur in nested constructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
such as list items or block quotes. Pandoc lifts this arbitrary
|
|
|
|
|
|
seeming restriction. So the following is fine in pandoc, though
|
|
|
|
|
|
not in most other implementations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> My block [quote].
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
> [quote]: /foo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-03-15 20:01:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `shortcut_reference_links` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In a *shortcut* reference link, the second pair of brackets may
|
|
|
|
|
|
be omitted entirely:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See [my website].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[my website]: http://foo.bar.baz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-23 21:50:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
### Internal links ###
|
2012-03-12 18:19:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To link to another section of the same document, use the automatically
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
generated identifier (see [Header identifiers]). For example:
|
2012-03-12 18:19:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the [Introduction](#introduction).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the [Introduction].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Introduction]: #introduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal links are currently supported for HTML formats (including
|
|
|
|
|
|
HTML slide shows and EPUB), LaTeX, and ConTeXt.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Images
|
|
|
|
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A link immediately preceded by a `!` will be treated as an image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The link text will be used as the image's alt text:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
![movie reel]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[movie reel]: movie.gif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `implicit_figures` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-27 15:25:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
An image with nonempty alt text, occurring by itself in a
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph, will be rendered as a figure with a caption. The
|
|
|
|
|
|
image's alt text will be used as the caption.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-27 15:25:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
How this is rendered depends on the output format. Some output
|
|
|
|
|
|
formats (e.g. RTF) do not yet support figures. In those
|
|
|
|
|
|
formats, you'll just get an image in a paragraph by itself, with
|
|
|
|
|
|
no caption.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you just want a regular inline image, just make sure it is not
|
|
|
|
|
|
the only thing in the paragraph. One way to do this is to insert a
|
|
|
|
|
|
nonbreaking space after the image:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-12 17:08:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
\
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 21:14:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note that in reveal.js slide shows, an image in a paragraph
|
|
|
|
|
|
by itself that has the `stretch` class will fill the screen,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the caption and figure tags will be omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 07:58:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `link_attributes` ####
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-26 18:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Attributes can be set on links and images:
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An inline {#id .class width=30 height=20px}
|
|
|
|
|
|
and a reference ![image][ref] with attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ref]: foo.jpg "optional title" {#id .class key=val key2="val 2"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This syntax is compatible with [PHP Markdown Extra] when only `#id`
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `.class` are used.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For HTML and EPUB, all attributes except `width` and `height` (but
|
|
|
|
|
|
including `srcset` and `sizes`) are passed through as is. The other
|
|
|
|
|
|
writers ignore attributes that are not supported by their output
|
|
|
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `width` and `height` attributes on images are treated specially. When
|
|
|
|
|
|
used without a unit, the unit is assumed to be pixels. However, any of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the following unit identifiers can be used: `px`, `cm`, `mm`, `in`, `inch`
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `%`. There must not be any spaces between the number and the unit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
2015-07-26 18:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
{ width=50% }
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Dimensions are converted to inches for output in page-based formats like
|
|
|
|
|
|
LaTeX. Dimensions are converted to pixels for output in HTML-like
|
|
|
|
|
|
formats. Use the `--dpi` option to specify the number of pixels per
|
|
|
|
|
|
inch. The default is 96dpi.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- The `%` unit is generally relative to some available space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example the above example will render to
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<img href="file.jpg" style="width: 50%;" />` (HTML),
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{file.jpg}` (LaTeX), or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`\externalfigure[file.jpg][width=0.5\textwidth]` (ConTeXt).
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Some output formats have a notion of a class
|
|
|
|
|
|
([ConTeXt](http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Using_Graphics#Multiple_Image_Settings))
|
|
|
|
|
|
or a unique identifier (LaTeX `\caption`), or both (HTML).
|
|
|
|
|
|
- When no `width` or `height` attributes are specified, the fallback
|
|
|
|
|
|
is to look at the image resolution and the dpi metadata embedded in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the image file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-29 15:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Divs and Spans
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using the `native_divs` and `native_spans` extensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
(see [above][Extension: `native_divs`]), HTML syntax can
|
|
|
|
|
|
be used as part of markdown to create native `Div` and `Span`
|
|
|
|
|
|
elements in the pandoc AST (as opposed to raw HTML).
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, there is also nicer syntax available:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `fenced_divs` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allow special fenced syntax for native `Div` blocks. A Div
|
|
|
|
|
|
starts with a fence containing at least three consecutive
|
|
|
|
|
|
colons plus some attributes. The attributes may optionally
|
|
|
|
|
|
be followed by another string of consecutive colons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The attribute syntax is exactly as in fenced code blocks (see
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Extension: `fenced_code_attributes`]). As with fenced
|
|
|
|
|
|
code blocks, one can use either attributes in curly braces
|
|
|
|
|
|
or a single unbraced word, which will be treated as a class
|
|
|
|
|
|
name. The Div ends with another line containing a string of at
|
|
|
|
|
|
least three consecutive colons. The fenced Div should be
|
|
|
|
|
|
separated by blank lines from preceding and following blocks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::::: {#special .sidebar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is a paragraph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
And another.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fenced divs can be nested. Opening fences are distinguished
|
|
|
|
|
|
because they *must* have attributes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: Warning ::::::
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a warning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: Danger
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a warning within a warning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
::::::::::::::::::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fences without attributes are always closing fences. Unlike
|
|
|
|
|
|
with fenced code blocks, the number of colons in the closing
|
|
|
|
|
|
fence need not match the number in the opening fence. However,
|
|
|
|
|
|
it can be helpful for visual clarity to use fences of different
|
|
|
|
|
|
lengths to distinguish nested divs from their parents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-09-28 12:33:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `bracketed_spans` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A bracketed sequence of inlines, as one would use to begin
|
2017-12-29 15:55:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
a link, will be treated as a `Span` with attributes if it is
|
2016-09-28 12:33:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
followed immediately by attributes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[This is *some text*]{.class key="val"}
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Footnotes
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `footnotes` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc's Markdown allows footnotes, using the following syntax:
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[^1]: Here is the footnote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
belong to the previous footnote.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{ some.code }
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the first
|
|
|
|
|
|
line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes work like
|
|
|
|
|
|
multi-paragraph list items.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 05:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
|
|
|
|
|
|
isn't indented.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The identifiers in footnote references may not contain spaces, tabs,
|
|
|
|
|
|
or newlines. These identifiers are used only to correlate the
|
|
|
|
|
|
footnote reference with the note itself; in the output, footnotes
|
|
|
|
|
|
will be numbered sequentially.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The footnotes themselves need not be placed at the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document. They may appear anywhere except inside other block elements
|
2017-01-15 10:51:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(lists, block quotes, tables, etc.). Each footnote should be
|
|
|
|
|
|
separated from surrounding content (including other footnotes)
|
|
|
|
|
|
by blank lines.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `inline_notes` ####
|
2012-07-28 04:04:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Inline footnotes are also allowed (though, unlike regular notes,
|
|
|
|
|
|
they cannot contain multiple paragraphs). The syntax is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to write, since
|
|
|
|
|
|
you don't have to pick an identifier and move down to type the
|
|
|
|
|
|
note.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inline and regular footnotes may be mixed freely.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-04 08:05:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Citations
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `citations` ####
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Using an external filter, `pandoc-citeproc`, pandoc can automatically generate
|
|
|
|
|
|
citations and a bibliography in a number of styles. Basic usage is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc --filter pandoc-citeproc myinput.txt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order to use this feature, you will need to specify a bibliography file
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
using the `bibliography` metadata field in a YAML metadata section, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`--bibliography` command line argument. You can supply multiple `--bibliography`
|
|
|
|
|
|
arguments or set `bibliography` metadata field to YAML array, if you want to
|
2015-11-21 20:13:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
use multiple bibliography files. The bibliography may have any of these
|
|
|
|
|
|
formats:
|
2010-12-05 18:29:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-04 20:52:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Format File extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------ --------------
|
2012-12-19 20:58:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
BibLaTeX .bib
|
|
|
|
|
|
BibTeX .bibtex
|
2015-04-13 12:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Copac .copac
|
|
|
|
|
|
CSL JSON .json
|
|
|
|
|
|
CSL YAML .yaml
|
2011-10-04 20:52:25 +02:00
|
|
|
|
EndNote .enl
|
|
|
|
|
|
EndNote XML .xml
|
|
|
|
|
|
ISI .wos
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEDLINE .medline
|
2015-04-13 12:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
MODS .mods
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIS .ris
|
2010-12-05 18:29:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that `.bib` can be used with both BibTeX and BibLaTeX files;
|
|
|
|
|
|
use `.bibtex` to force BibTeX.
|
2012-12-19 20:58:18 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-13 12:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that `pandoc-citeproc --bib2json` and `pandoc-citeproc --bib2yaml`
|
|
|
|
|
|
can produce `.json` and `.yaml` files from any of the supported formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
In-field markup: In BibTeX and BibLaTeX databases, pandoc-citeproc parses
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
a subset of LaTeX markup; in CSL YAML databases, pandoc Markdown; and in CSL JSON databases, an [HTML-like markup][CSL markup specs]:
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<i>...</i>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: italics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<b>...</b>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: bold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<span style="font-variant:small-caps;">...</span>` or `<sc>...</sc>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: small capitals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<sub>...</sub>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: subscript
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<sup>...</sup>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: superscript
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`<span class="nocase">...</span>`
|
|
|
|
|
|
: prevent a phrase from being capitalized as title case
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pandoc-citeproc -j` and `-y` interconvert the CSL JSON
|
|
|
|
|
|
and CSL YAML formats as far as possible.
|
2015-04-13 12:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-21 20:13:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
As an alternative to specifying a bibliography file using `--bibliography`
|
|
|
|
|
|
or the YAML metadata field `bibliography`, you can include
|
2014-12-16 06:20:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
the citation data directly in the `references` field of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
document's YAML metadata. The field should contain an array of
|
|
|
|
|
|
YAML-encoded references, for example:
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
references:
|
2015-04-10 10:34:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- type: article-journal
|
|
|
|
|
|
id: WatsonCrick1953
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
author:
|
2015-04-10 10:34:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- family: Watson
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
given: J. D.
|
2015-04-10 10:34:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- family: Crick
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
given: F. H. C.
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
issued:
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
date-parts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- - 1953
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 25
|
2015-04-13 12:21:41 +02:00
|
|
|
|
title: 'Molecular structure of nucleic acids: a structure for deoxyribose
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
nucleic acid'
|
2015-04-10 10:34:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
title-short: Molecular structure of nucleic acids
|
|
|
|
|
|
container-title: Nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
volume: 171
|
|
|
|
|
|
issue: 4356
|
|
|
|
|
|
page: 737-738
|
|
|
|
|
|
DOI: 10.1038/171737a0
|
|
|
|
|
|
URL: http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v171/n4356/abs/171737a0.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
language: en-GB
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-10 10:34:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(`pandoc-citeproc --bib2yaml` can produce these from a bibliography file in one
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the supported formats.)
|
2013-08-25 07:27:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Citations and references can be formatted using any style supported by the
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Citation Style Language], listed in the [Zotero Style Repository].
|
|
|
|
|
|
These files are specified using the `--csl` option or the `csl` metadata field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, `pandoc-citeproc` will use the [Chicago Manual of Style] author-date
|
|
|
|
|
|
format. The CSL project provides further information on [finding and editing styles].
|
2010-12-05 18:29:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-21 20:13:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To make your citations hyperlinks to the corresponding bibliography
|
|
|
|
|
|
entries, add `link-citations: true` to your YAML metadata.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-05 21:57:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Citations go inside square brackets and are separated by semicolons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each citation must have a key, composed of '@' + the citation
|
|
|
|
|
|
identifier from the database, and may optionally have a prefix,
|
2015-02-18 14:54:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
a locator, and a suffix. The citation key must begin with a letter, digit,
|
2014-05-04 21:21:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
or `_`, and may contain alphanumerics, `_`, and internal punctuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
characters (`:.#$%&-+?<>~/`). Here are some examples:
|
2010-12-05 18:29:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-09-26 19:59:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Blah blah [see @doe99, pp. 33-35; also @smith04, chap. 1].
|
2010-12-05 21:57:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blah blah [@doe99, pp. 33-35, 38-39 and *passim*].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blah blah [@smith04; @doe99].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`pandoc-citeproc` detects locator terms in the [CSL locale files].
|
2015-10-08 19:37:26 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Either abbreviated or unabbreviated forms are accepted. In the `en-US`
|
|
|
|
|
|
locale, locator terms can be written in either singular or plural forms,
|
|
|
|
|
|
as `book`, `bk.`/`bks.`; `chapter`, `chap.`/`chaps.`; `column`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`col.`/`cols.`; `figure`, `fig.`/`figs.`; `folio`, `fol.`/`fols.`;
|
|
|
|
|
|
`number`, `no.`/`nos.`; `line`, `l.`/`ll.`; `note`, `n.`/`nn.`; `opus`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`op.`/`opp.`; `page`, `p.`/`pp.`; `paragraph`, `para.`/`paras.`; `part`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pt.`/`pts.`; `section`, `sec.`/`secs.`; `sub verbo`, `s.v.`/`s.vv.`;
|
|
|
|
|
|
`verse`, `v.`/`vv.`; `volume`, `vol.`/`vols.`; `¶`/`¶¶`; `§`/`§§`. If no
|
|
|
|
|
|
locator term is used, "page" is assumed.
|
2015-09-27 01:18:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-05 21:57:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
A minus sign (`-`) before the `@` will suppress mention of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the author in the citation. This can be useful when the
|
|
|
|
|
|
author is already mentioned in the text:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Smith says blah [-@smith04].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also write an in-text citation, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smith04 says blah.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smith04 [p. 33] says blah.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the style calls for a list of works cited, it will be placed
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of the document. Normally, you will want to end your
|
|
|
|
|
|
document with an appropriate header:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last paragraph...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# References
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-05-04 07:05:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The bibliography will be inserted after this header. Note that
|
|
|
|
|
|
the `unnumbered` class will be added to this header, so that the
|
|
|
|
|
|
section will not be numbered.
|
2010-12-04 08:05:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-02-13 19:33:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
If you want to include items in the bibliography without actually
|
|
|
|
|
|
citing them in the body text, you can define a dummy `nocite` metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
field and put the citations there:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
2014-06-04 17:18:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
nocite: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item1, @item2
|
2014-02-13 19:33:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this example, the document will contain a citation for `item3`
|
|
|
|
|
|
only, but the bibliography will contain entries for `item1`, `item2`, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`item3`.
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-31 20:47:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
It is possible to create a bibliography with all the citations,
|
|
|
|
|
|
whether or not they appear in the document, by using a wildcard:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
nocite: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
@*
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
For LaTeX or PDF output, you can also use [`natbib`] or [`biblatex`]
|
2015-05-12 07:09:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
to render bibliography. In order to do so, specify bibliography files as
|
|
|
|
|
|
outlined above, and add `--natbib` or `--biblatex` argument to `pandoc`
|
|
|
|
|
|
invocation. Bear in mind that bibliography files have to be in respective
|
|
|
|
|
|
format (either BibTeX or BibLaTeX).
|
2014-02-13 19:33:00 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-21 20:13:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
For more information, see the [pandoc-citeproc man page].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[CSL markup specs]: http://docs.citationstyles.org/en/1.0/release-notes.html#rich-text-markup-within-fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Chicago Manual of Style]: http://chicagomanualofstyle.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Citation Style Language]: http://citationstyles.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Zotero Style Repository]: https://www.zotero.org/styles
|
2018-06-12 19:05:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[finding and editing styles]: https://citationstyles.org/authors/
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[CSL locale files]: https://github.com/citation-style-language/locales
|
2015-11-21 20:13:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[pandoc-citeproc man page]: https://github.com/jgm/pandoc-citeproc/blob/master/man/pandoc-citeproc.1.md
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-07 07:13:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Non-pandoc extensions
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
---------------------
|
2012-08-07 07:13:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The following Markdown syntax extensions are not enabled by default
|
2012-08-10 20:29:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
in pandoc, but may be enabled by adding `+EXTENSION` to the format
|
|
|
|
|
|
name, where `EXTENSION` is the name of the extension. Thus, for
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
example, `markdown+hard_line_breaks` is Markdown with hard line breaks.
|
2012-08-07 07:13:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-14 21:00:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `old_dashes` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selects the pandoc <= 1.8.2.1 behavior for parsing smart dashes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-` before a numeral is an en-dash, and `--` is an em-dash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option only has an effect if `smart` is enabled. It is
|
|
|
|
|
|
selected automatically for `textile` input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-10-22 23:41:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `angle_brackets_escapable` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allow `<` and `>` to be backslash-escaped, as they can be in
|
|
|
|
|
|
GitHub flavored Markdown but not original Markdown. This is
|
|
|
|
|
|
implied by pandoc's default `all_symbols_escapable`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `lists_without_preceding_blankline` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-07 18:36:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Allow a list to occur right after a paragraph, with no intervening
|
|
|
|
|
|
blank space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markdown reader: use CommonMark rules for list item nesting.
Closes #3511.
Previously pandoc used the four-space rule: continuation paragraphs,
sublists, and other block level content had to be indented 4
spaces. Now the indentation required is determined by the
first line of the list item: to be included in the list item,
blocks must be indented to the level of the first non-space
content after the list marker. Exception: if are 5 or more spaces
after the list marker, then the content is interpreted as an
indented code block, and continuation paragraphs must be indented
two spaces beyond the end of the list marker. See the CommonMark
spec for more details and examples.
Documents that adhere to the four-space rule should, in most cases,
be parsed the same way by the new rules. Here are some examples
of texts that will be parsed differently:
- a
- b
will be parsed as a list item with a sublist; under the four-space
rule, it would be a list with two items.
- a
code
Here we have an indented code block under the list item, even though it
is only indented six spaces from the margin, because it is four spaces
past the point where a continuation paragraph could begin. With the
four-space rule, this would be a regular paragraph rather than a code
block.
- a
code
Here the code block will start with two spaces, whereas under
the four-space rule, it would start with `code`. With the four-space
rule, indented code under a list item always must be indented eight
spaces from the margin, while the new rules require only that it
be indented four spaces from the beginning of the first non-space
text after the list marker (here, `a`).
This change was motivated by a slew of bug reports from people
who expected lists to work differently (#3125, #2367, #2575, #2210,
#1990, #1137, #744, #172, #137, #128) and by the growing prevalance
of CommonMark (now used by GitHub, for example).
Users who want to use the old rules can select the `four_space_rule`
extension.
* Added `four_space_rule` extension.
* Added `Ext_four_space_rule` to `Extensions`.
* `Parsing` now exports `gobbleAtMostSpaces`, and the type
of `gobbleSpaces` has been changed so that a `ReaderOptions`
parameter is not needed.
2017-08-19 19:56:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `four_space_rule` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selects the pandoc <= 2.0 behavior for parsing lists, so that
|
|
|
|
|
|
four spaces indent are needed for list item continuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-25 12:50:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `spaced_reference_links` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allow whitespace between the two components of a reference link,
|
|
|
|
|
|
for example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[foo] [bar].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `hard_line_breaks` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-07 07:13:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Causes all newlines within a paragraph to be interpreted as hard line
|
|
|
|
|
|
breaks instead of spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `ignore_line_breaks` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-18 00:38:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Causes newlines within a paragraph to be ignored, rather than being
|
|
|
|
|
|
treated as spaces or as hard line breaks. This option is intended for
|
|
|
|
|
|
use with East Asian languages where spaces are not used between words,
|
|
|
|
|
|
but text is divided into lines for readability.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-13 02:28:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `east_asian_line_breaks` ####
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Causes newlines within a paragraph to be ignored, rather than
|
|
|
|
|
|
being treated as spaces or as hard line breaks, when they occur
|
|
|
|
|
|
between two East Asian wide characters. This is a better choice
|
|
|
|
|
|
than `ignore_line_breaks` for texts that include a mix of East
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asian wide characters and other characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-09 09:46:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `emoji` ####
|
2015-11-13 21:06:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parses textual emojis like `:smile:` as Unicode emoticons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `tex_math_single_backslash` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-11 06:57:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Causes anything between `\(` and `\)` to be interpreted as inline
|
|
|
|
|
|
TeX math, and anything between `\[` and `\]` to be interpreted
|
|
|
|
|
|
as display TeX math. Note: a drawback of this extension is that
|
|
|
|
|
|
it precludes escaping `(` and `[`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `tex_math_double_backslash` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-11 06:57:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Causes anything between `\\(` and `\\)` to be interpreted as inline
|
|
|
|
|
|
TeX math, and anything between `\\[` and `\\]` to be interpreted
|
|
|
|
|
|
as display TeX math.
|
2011-01-29 03:33:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `markdown_attribute` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc interprets material inside block-level tags as Markdown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
This extension changes the behavior so that Markdown is only parsed
|
2013-01-07 01:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
inside block-level tags if the tags have the attribute `markdown=1`.
|
2012-08-12 04:45:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `mmd_title_block` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-13 04:27:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Enables a [MultiMarkdown] style title block at the top of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the document, for example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: My title
|
|
|
|
|
|
Author: John Doe
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: September 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comment: This is a sample mmd title block, with
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
a field spanning multiple lines.
|
2012-08-13 04:27:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-01-13 01:46:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
See the MultiMarkdown documentation for details. If `pandoc_title_block` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`yaml_metadata_block` is enabled, it will take precedence over
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mmd_title_block`.
|
2012-08-13 04:27:13 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `abbreviations` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-08-19 20:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Parses PHP Markdown Extra abbreviation keys, like
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
*[HTML]: Hypertext Markup Language
|
2012-08-19 20:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the pandoc document model does not support
|
|
|
|
|
|
abbreviations, so if this extension is enabled, abbreviation keys are
|
|
|
|
|
|
simply skipped (as opposed to being parsed as paragraphs).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `autolink_bare_uris` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-15 21:44:50 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Makes all absolute URIs into links, even when not surrounded by
|
2012-09-27 22:43:48 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pointy braces `<...>`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-20 07:58:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `mmd_link_attributes` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Parses multimarkdown style key-value attributes on link
|
2015-07-26 18:30:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
and image references. This extension should not be confused with the
|
2015-11-20 07:58:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[`link_attributes`](#extension-link_attributes) extension.
|
2015-04-02 00:52:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a reference ![image][ref] with multimarkdown attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ref]: http://path.to/image "Image title" width=20px height=30px
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
id=myId class="myClass1 myClass2"
|
2013-01-17 04:07:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `mmd_header_identifiers` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-17 04:07:21 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Parses multimarkdown style header identifiers (in square brackets,
|
|
|
|
|
|
after the header but before any trailing `#`s in an ATX header).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-31 22:56:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#### Extension: `compact_definition_lists` ####
|
2014-07-31 22:11:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Activates the definition list syntax of pandoc 1.12.x and earlier.
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This syntax differs from the one described above under [Definition lists]
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
in several respects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- No blank line is required between consecutive items of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
definition list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- To get a "tight" or "compact" list, omit space between consecutive
|
|
|
|
|
|
items; the space between a term and its definition does not affect
|
|
|
|
|
|
anything.
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Lazy wrapping of paragraphs is not allowed: the entire definition must
|
|
|
|
|
|
be indented four spaces.[^6]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[^6]: To see why laziness is incompatible with relaxing the requirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
of a blank line between items, consider the following example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
: definition
|
|
|
|
|
|
foo
|
|
|
|
|
|
: definition
|
2014-07-21 01:33:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Is this a single list item with two definitions of "bar," the first of
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is lazily wrapped, or two list items? To remove the ambiguity
|
|
|
|
|
|
we must either disallow lazy wrapping or require a blank line between
|
|
|
|
|
|
list items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Markdown variants
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
In addition to pandoc's extended Markdown, the following Markdown
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
variants are supported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`markdown_phpextra` (PHP Markdown Extra)
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `footnotes`, `pipe_tables`, `raw_html`, `markdown_attribute`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`fenced_code_blocks`, `definition_lists`, `intraword_underscores`,
|
2015-11-20 07:58:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`header_attributes`, `link_attributes`, `abbreviations`,
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`shortcut_reference_links`, `spaced_reference_links`.
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`markdown_github` (deprecated GitHub-Flavored Markdown)
|
|
|
|
|
|
: `pipe_tables`, `raw_html`, `fenced_code_blocks`, `gfm_auto_identifiers`,
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`ascii_identifiers`, `backtick_code_blocks`, `autolink_bare_uris`,
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`space_in_atx_header`, `intraword_underscores`, `strikeout`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`emoji`, `shortcut_reference_links`, `angle_brackets_escapable`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`lists_without_preceding_blankline`.
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`markdown_mmd` (MultiMarkdown)
|
2016-03-07 05:24:02 +01:00
|
|
|
|
: `pipe_tables`, `raw_html`, `markdown_attribute`, `mmd_link_attributes`,
|
2016-10-09 00:45:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`tex_math_double_backslash`, `intraword_underscores`,
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`mmd_title_block`, `footnotes`, `definition_lists`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`all_symbols_escapable`, `implicit_header_references`,
|
2015-05-14 08:18:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`auto_identifiers`, `mmd_header_identifiers`,
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`shortcut_reference_links`, `implicit_figures`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`superscript`, `subscript`, `backtick_code_blocks`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`spaced_reference_links`, `raw_attribute`.
|
2013-04-24 05:38:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`markdown_strict` (Markdown.pl)
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: `raw_html`, `shortcut_reference_links`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`spaced_reference_links`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
We also support `commonmark` and `gfm` (GitHub-Flavored Markdown,
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is implemented as a set of extensions on `commonmark`).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note, however, that `commonmark` and `gfm` have limited support
|
|
|
|
|
|
for extensions. Only those listed below (and `smart` and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`raw_tex`) will work. The extensions can, however, all be
|
|
|
|
|
|
individually disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also, `raw_tex` only affects `gfm` output, not input.
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-27 12:33:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`gfm` (GitHub-Flavored Markdown)
|
2017-10-28 01:24:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
: `pipe_tables`, `raw_html`, `fenced_code_blocks`, `auto_identifiers`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ascii_identifiers`, `backtick_code_blocks`, `autolink_bare_uris`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`intraword_underscores`, `strikeout`, `hard_line_breaks`, `emoji`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`shortcut_reference_links`, `angle_brackets_escapable`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Producing slide shows with pandoc
|
2011-12-29 22:24:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
=================================
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
You can use pandoc to produce an HTML + JavaScript slide presentation
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
that can be viewed via a web browser. There are five ways to do this,
|
|
|
|
|
|
using [S5], [DZSlides], [Slidy], [Slideous], or [reveal.js].
|
2017-12-11 12:43:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
You can also produce a PDF slide show using LaTeX [`beamer`], or
|
|
|
|
|
|
slides shows in Microsoft [PowerPoint] format.
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Here's the Markdown source for a simple slide show, `habits.txt`:
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
% Habits
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
% John Doe
|
|
|
|
|
|
% March 22, 2005
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
# In the morning
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
## Getting up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Turn off alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Get out of bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
## Breakfast
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- Eat eggs
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Drink coffee
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
# In the evening
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
## Dinner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- Eat spaghetti
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Drink wine
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-24 07:47:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
## Going to sleep
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Get in bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Count sheep
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To produce an HTML/JavaScript slide show, simply type
|
2010-07-14 05:44:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -t FORMAT -s habits.txt -o habits.html
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
where `FORMAT` is either `s5`, `slidy`, `slideous`, `dzslides`, or `revealjs`.
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
For Slidy, Slideous, reveal.js, and S5, the file produced by pandoc with the
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`-s/--standalone` option embeds a link to JavaScript and CSS files, which are
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
assumed to be available at the relative path `s5/default` (for S5), `slideous`
|
|
|
|
|
|
(for Slideous), `reveal.js` (for reveal.js), or at the Slidy website at
|
|
|
|
|
|
`w3.org` (for Slidy). (These paths can be changed by setting the `slidy-url`,
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`slideous-url`, `revealjs-url`, or `s5-url` variables; see [Variables for slides],
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
above.) For DZSlides, the (relatively short) JavaScript and CSS are included in
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
the file by default.
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
With all HTML slide formats, the `--self-contained` option can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
|
produce a single file that contains all of the data necessary to display the
|
|
|
|
|
|
slide show, including linked scripts, stylesheets, images, and videos.
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To produce a PDF slide show using beamer, type
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 20:41:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -t beamer habits.txt -o habits.pdf
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note that a reveal.js slide show can also be converted to a PDF
|
|
|
|
|
|
by printing it to a file from the browser.
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-11 12:43:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To produce a Powerpoint slide show, type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc habits.txt -o habits.pptx
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Structuring the slide show
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
By default, the *slide level* is the highest header level in
|
|
|
|
|
|
the hierarchy that is followed immediately by content, and not another
|
|
|
|
|
|
header, somewhere in the document. In the example above, level 1 headers
|
|
|
|
|
|
are always followed by level 2 headers, which are followed by content,
|
|
|
|
|
|
so 2 is the slide level. This default can be overridden using
|
|
|
|
|
|
the `--slide-level` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
The document is carved up into slides according to the following
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
rules:
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* A horizontal rule always starts a new slide.
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* A header at the slide level always starts a new slide.
|
2011-10-02 07:57:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Headers *below* the slide level in the hierarchy create
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
headers *within* a slide.
|
2011-10-02 07:57:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Headers *above* the slide level in the hierarchy create
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
"title slides," which just contain the section title
|
|
|
|
|
|
and help to break the slide show into sections.
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-22 14:04:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* Content *above* the slide level will not appear in the slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
show.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:48:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
* A title page is constructed automatically from the document's title
|
|
|
|
|
|
block, if present. (In the case of beamer, this can be disabled
|
|
|
|
|
|
by commenting out some lines in the default template.)
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 05:52:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
These rules are designed to support many different styles of slide show. If
|
|
|
|
|
|
you don't care about structuring your slides into sections and subsections,
|
|
|
|
|
|
you can just use level 1 headers for all each slide. (In that case, level 1
|
2012-01-26 02:50:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
will be the slide level.) But you can also structure the slide show into
|
2012-01-25 05:52:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
sections, as in the example above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:07:17 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Note: in reveal.js slide shows, if slide level is 2, a two-dimensional
|
|
|
|
|
|
layout will be produced, with level 1 headers building horizontally
|
|
|
|
|
|
and level 2 headers building vertically. It is not recommended that
|
|
|
|
|
|
you use deeper nesting of section levels with reveal.js.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-14 08:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Incremental lists
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-05 18:51:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
By default, these writers produce lists that display "all at once."
|
2010-07-24 07:47:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
If you want your lists to display incrementally (one item at a time),
|
|
|
|
|
|
use the `-i` option. If you want a particular list to depart from the
|
2018-02-21 22:12:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
default, put it in a `div` block with class `incremental` or
|
|
|
|
|
|
`nonincremental`. So, for example, using the `fenced div` syntax, the
|
|
|
|
|
|
following would be incremental regardless of the document default:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: incremental
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Eat spaghetti
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Drink wine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: nonincremental
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Eat spaghetti
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Drink wine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
While using `incremental` and `nonincremental` divs are the
|
|
|
|
|
|
recommended method of setting incremental lists on a per-case basis,
|
|
|
|
|
|
an older method is also supported: putting lists inside a blockquote
|
|
|
|
|
|
will depart from the document default (that is, it will display
|
|
|
|
|
|
incrementally without the `-i` option and all at once with the `-i`
|
|
|
|
|
|
option):
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-28 12:21:24 +01:00
|
|
|
|
> - Eat spaghetti
|
|
|
|
|
|
> - Drink wine
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-21 22:12:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Both methods allow incremental and nonincremental lists to be mixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a single document.
|
2006-10-17 16:22:29 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Inserting pauses
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-09 00:47:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
You can add "pauses" within a slide by including a paragraph containing
|
|
|
|
|
|
three dots, separated by spaces:
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Slide with a pause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
content before the pause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
. . .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
content after the pause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Styling the slides
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can change the style of HTML slides by putting customized CSS files
|
2012-05-24 10:31:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
in `$DATADIR/s5/default` (for S5), `$DATADIR/slidy` (for Slidy),
|
|
|
|
|
|
or `$DATADIR/slideous` (for Slideous),
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
where `$DATADIR` is the user data directory (see `--data-dir`, above).
|
|
|
|
|
|
The originals may be found in pandoc's system data directory (generally
|
|
|
|
|
|
`$CABALDIR/pandoc-VERSION/s5/default`). Pandoc will look there for any
|
|
|
|
|
|
files it does not find in the user data directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For dzslides, the CSS is included in the HTML file itself, and may
|
|
|
|
|
|
be modified there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
All [reveal.js configuration options] can be set through variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, themes can be used by setting the `theme` variable:
|
2013-03-25 05:02:06 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-V theme=moon
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Or you can specify a custom stylesheet using the `--css` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-15 00:26:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
To style beamer slides, you can specify a `theme`, `colortheme`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`fonttheme`, `innertheme`, and `outertheme`, using the `-V` option:
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-28 20:41:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc -t beamer habits.txt -V theme:Warsaw -o habits.pdf
|
2012-01-25 20:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-26 21:40:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Note that header attributes will turn into slide attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
(on a `<div>` or `<section>`) in HTML slide formats, allowing you
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
to style individual slides. In beamer, the only header attribute
|
2013-07-26 21:40:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
that affects slides is the `allowframebreaks` class, which sets the
|
|
|
|
|
|
`allowframebreaks` option, causing multiple slides to be created
|
|
|
|
|
|
if the content overfills the frame. This is recommended especially for
|
|
|
|
|
|
bibliographies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# References {.allowframebreaks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Speaker notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-18 22:27:11 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Speaker notes are supported in reveal.js and PowerPoint (pptx)
|
|
|
|
|
|
output. You can add notes to your Markdown document thus:
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 18:29:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
::: notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This is my note.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
- It can contain Markdown
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
- like this list
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 18:29:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
:::
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-20 15:42:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To show the notes window in reveal.js, press `s` while viewing the
|
|
|
|
|
|
presentation. Speaker notes in PowerPoint will be available, as usual,
|
|
|
|
|
|
in handouts and presenter view.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-14 00:36:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Notes are not yet supported for other slide formats, but the notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
will not appear on the slides themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-31 18:29:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Columns
|
|
|
|
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To put material in side by side columns, you can use a native
|
|
|
|
|
|
div container with class `columns`, containing two or more div
|
|
|
|
|
|
containers with class `column` and a `width` attribute:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::::::::::::: {.columns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: {.column width="40%"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents...
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: {.column width="60%"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents...
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
::::::::::::::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-16 00:11:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Frame attributes in beamer
|
|
|
|
|
|
--------------------------
|
2015-05-14 05:10:54 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sometimes it is necessary to add the LaTeX `[fragile]` option to
|
|
|
|
|
|
a frame in beamer (for example, when using the `minted` environment).
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can be forced by adding the `fragile` class to the header
|
|
|
|
|
|
introducing the slide:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Fragile slide {.fragile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-16 00:11:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
All of the other frame attributes described in Section 8.1 of
|
|
|
|
|
|
the [Beamer User's Guide] may also be used: `allowdisplaybreaks`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`allowframebreaks`, `b`, `c`, `t`, `environment`, `label`, `plain`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`shrink`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-13 17:17:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Background in reveal.js
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Background images can be added to self-contained reveal.js slideshows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-18 05:27:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
For the same image on every slide, use the reveal.js configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
option `parallaxBackgroundImage` either in the YAML metadata block
|
|
|
|
|
|
or as a command-line variable. You can also set
|
|
|
|
|
|
`parallaxBackgroundHorizontal` and `parallaxBackgroundVertical` the same
|
|
|
|
|
|
way and must also set `parallaxBackgroundSize` to have your values
|
|
|
|
|
|
take effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To set an image for a particular slide, add
|
|
|
|
|
|
`{data-background-image="/path/to/image"}`
|
2018-03-13 17:17:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
to the first slide-level header on the slide (which may even be empty).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-18 05:27:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
In reveal.js's overview mode, the parallaxBackgroundImage will show up
|
|
|
|
|
|
only on the first slide.
|
2018-03-13 17:17:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other background settings also work on individual slides, including
|
2018-03-18 05:27:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`data-background-size`, `data-background-repeat`, `data-background-color`,
|
2018-03-13 17:17:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`data-transition`, and `data-transition-speed`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-18 05:27:57 +01:00
|
|
|
|
See the [reveal.js
|
|
|
|
|
|
documentation](https://github.com/hakimel/reveal.js#slide-backgrounds)
|
2018-03-13 17:17:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
title: My Slideshow
|
|
|
|
|
|
parallaxBackgroundImage: /path/to/my/background_image.png
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
## Slide One
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Slide 1 has background_image.png as its background.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
## {data-background-image="/path/to/special_image.jpg"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Slide 2 has a special image for its background, even though the header has no content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
```
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:27:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Creating EPUBs with pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
==========================
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
EPUB Metadata
|
2015-11-12 22:27:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
-------------
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EPUB metadata may be specified using the `--epub-metadata` option, but
|
2015-11-12 22:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if the source document is Markdown, it is better to use a [YAML metadata
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
block][Extension: `yaml_metadata_block`]. Here is an example:
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
|
title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- type: main
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: My Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
- type: subtitle
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: An investigation of metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
creator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- role: author
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: John Smith
|
|
|
|
|
|
- role: editor
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: Sarah Jones
|
|
|
|
|
|
identifier:
|
|
|
|
|
|
- scheme: DOI
|
|
|
|
|
|
text: doi:10.234234.234/33
|
|
|
|
|
|
publisher: My Press
|
2014-08-31 23:46:51 +02:00
|
|
|
|
rights: © 2007 John Smith, CC BY-NC
|
2017-06-30 23:56:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
ibooks:
|
|
|
|
|
|
version: 1.3.4
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following fields are recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`identifier`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Either a string value or an object with fields `text` and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`scheme`. Valid values for `scheme` are `ISBN-10`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`GTIN-13`, `UPC`, `ISMN-10`, `DOI`, `LCCN`, `GTIN-14`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ISBN-13`, `Legal deposit number`, `URN`, `OCLC`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ISMN-13`, `ISBN-A`, `JP`, `OLCC`.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`title`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Either a string value, or an object with fields `file-as` and
|
|
|
|
|
|
`type`, or a list of such objects. Valid values for `type` are
|
|
|
|
|
|
`main`, `subtitle`, `short`, `collection`, `edition`, `extended`.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`creator`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Either a string value, or an object with fields `role`, `file-as`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
and `text`, or a list of such objects. Valid values for `role` are
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[MARC relators], but
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc will attempt to translate the human-readable versions
|
|
|
|
|
|
(like "author" and "editor") to the appropriate marc relators.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`contributor`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ Same format as `creator`.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`date`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value in `YYYY-MM-DD` format. (Only the year is necessary.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc will attempt to convert other common date formats.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-20 17:18:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`lang` (or legacy: `language`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ A string value in [BCP 47] format. Pandoc will default to the local
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
language if nothing is specified.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`subject`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value or a list of such values.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`description`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`type`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`format`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`relation`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`coverage`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:08:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`rights`
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value.
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-01 00:25:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`cover-image`
|
2013-12-01 00:17:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
~ A string value (path to cover image).
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-03 19:32:03 +01:00
|
|
|
|
`stylesheet`
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ A string value (path to CSS stylesheet).
|
2013-12-01 00:06:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`page-progression-direction`
|
2014-08-14 18:56:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
~ Either `ltr` or `rtl`. Specifies the `page-progression-direction`
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
attribute for the [`spine` element].
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-30 23:56:01 +02:00
|
|
|
|
`ibooks`
|
|
|
|
|
|
~ iBooks-specific metadata, with the following fields:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `version`: (string)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `specified-fonts`: `true`|`false` (default `false`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `ipad-orientation-lock`: `portrait-only`|`landscape-only`
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `iphone-orientation-lock`: `portrait-only`|`landscape-only`
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `binding`: `true`|`false` (default `true`)
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `scroll-axis`: `vertical`|`horizontal`|`default`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[MARC relators]: http://loc.gov/marc/relators/relaterm.html
|
|
|
|
|
|
[`spine` element]: http://idpf.org/epub/301/spec/epub-publications.html#sec-spine-elem
|
2014-08-11 12:29:30 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-12 22:27:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Linked media
|
|
|
|
|
|
------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc will download linked media (including audio and
|
|
|
|
|
|
video) and include it in the EPUB container, yielding a completely
|
|
|
|
|
|
self-contained EPUB. If you want to link to external media resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead, use raw HTML in your source and add `data-external="1"` to the tag
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the `src` attribute. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<audio controls="1">
|
2015-11-16 15:53:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
<source src="http://example.com/music/toccata.mp3"
|
2018-01-18 17:16:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
data-external="1" type="audio/mpeg">
|
2015-11-16 15:53:52 +01:00
|
|
|
|
</source>
|
2015-11-12 22:27:41 +01:00
|
|
|
|
</audio>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-26 21:00:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Syntax highlighting
|
|
|
|
|
|
===================
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Pandoc will automatically highlight syntax in [fenced code blocks] that
|
2017-05-15 20:37:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
are marked with a language name. The Haskell library [skylighting] is
|
2017-04-02 23:10:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
used for highlighting, which works in HTML, Docx, Ms, and LaTeX/PDF output.
|
2016-11-23 15:08:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
To see a list of language names that pandoc will recognize, type
|
|
|
|
|
|
`pandoc --list-highlight-languages`.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-26 21:00:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
The color scheme can be selected using the `--highlight-style` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default color scheme is `pygments`, which imitates the default color
|
2016-11-23 15:08:54 +01:00
|
|
|
|
scheme used by the Python library pygments (though pygments is not actually
|
|
|
|
|
|
used to do the highlighting). To see a list of highlight styles,
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
type `pandoc --list-highlight-styles`.
|
2015-05-26 21:00:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To disable highlighting, use the `--no-highlight` option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-15 20:37:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[skylighting]: https://github.com/jgm/skylighting
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-22 18:21:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Custom Styles in Docx
|
|
|
|
|
|
=====================
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Input
|
|
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The docx reader, by default, only reads those styles that it can
|
|
|
|
|
|
convert into pandoc elements, either by direct conversion or
|
|
|
|
|
|
interpreting the derivation of the input document's styles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By enabling the [`styles` extension](#ext-styles) in the docx reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
(`-f docx+styles`), you can produce output that maintains the styles
|
|
|
|
|
|
of the input document, using the `custom-style` class. Paragraph
|
|
|
|
|
|
styles are interpreted as divs, while character styles are interpreted
|
|
|
|
|
|
as spans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, using the `custom-style-reference.docx` file in the test
|
|
|
|
|
|
directory, we have the following different outputs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without the `+styles` extension:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ pandoc test/docx/custom-style-reference.docx -f docx -t markdown
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is some text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is text with an *emphasized* text style. And this is text with a
|
|
|
|
|
|
**strengthened** text style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
> Here is a styled paragraph that inherits from Block Text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
And with the extension:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ pandoc test/docx/custom-style-reference.docx -f docx+styles -t markdown
|
2018-02-22 19:27:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-22 18:21:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
::: {custom-style="FirstParagraph"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is some text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: {custom-style="BodyText"}
|
2018-02-23 20:23:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
This is text with an [emphasized]{custom-style="Emphatic"} text style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
And this is text with a [strengthened]{custom-style="Strengthened"}
|
2018-02-22 18:21:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
text style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::: {custom-style="MyBlockStyle"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
> Here is a styled paragraph that inherits from Block Text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
:::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With these custom styles, you can use your input document as a
|
|
|
|
|
|
reference-doc while creating docx output (see below), and maintain the
|
|
|
|
|
|
same styles in your input and output files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Output
|
|
|
|
|
|
------
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, pandoc's docx output applies a predefined set of styles for
|
|
|
|
|
|
blocks such as paragraphs and block quotes, and uses largely default
|
|
|
|
|
|
formatting (italics, bold) for inlines. This will work for most
|
|
|
|
|
|
purposes, especially alongside a `reference.docx` file. However, if you
|
|
|
|
|
|
need to apply your own styles to blocks, or match a preexisting set of
|
|
|
|
|
|
styles, pandoc allows you to define custom styles for blocks and text
|
2016-12-03 21:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
using `div`s and `span`s, respectively.
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you define a `div` or `span` with the attribute `custom-style`,
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc will apply your specified style to the contained elements. So,
|
2017-12-21 20:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
for example using the `bracketed_spans` syntax,
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-21 20:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
[Get out]{custom-style="Emphatically"}, he said.
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-21 20:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
would produce a docx file with "Get out" styled with character
|
|
|
|
|
|
style `Emphatically`. Similarly, using the `fenced_divs` syntax,
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dickinson starts the poem simply:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-12-21 20:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
::: {custom-style="Poetry"}
|
2016-08-16 01:50:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
| A Bird came down the Walk---
|
|
|
|
|
|
| He did not know I saw---
|
2017-12-21 20:56:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
:::
|
2016-09-28 11:12:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-20 15:38:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
would style the two contained lines with the `Poetry` paragraph style.
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the styles are not yet in your reference.docx, they will be defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the output file as inheriting from normal text. If they are already
|
|
|
|
|
|
defined, pandoc will not alter the definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature allows for greatest customization in conjunction with
|
|
|
|
|
|
[pandoc filters]. If you want all paragraphs after block quotes to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
indented, you can write a filter to apply the styles necessary. If you
|
|
|
|
|
|
want all italics to be transformed to the `Emphasis` character style
|
|
|
|
|
|
(perhaps to change their color), you can write a filter which will
|
2016-08-20 15:38:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
transform all italicized inlines to inlines within an `Emphasis`
|
|
|
|
|
|
custom-style `span`.
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-27 01:59:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[pandoc filters]: http://pandoc.org/filters.html
|
2016-08-15 20:22:55 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-03 06:08:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Custom writers
|
|
|
|
|
|
==============
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pandoc can be extended with custom writers written in [lua]. (Pandoc
|
|
|
|
|
|
includes a lua interpreter, so lua need not be installed separately.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use a custom writer, simply specify the path to the lua script
|
|
|
|
|
|
in place of the output format. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pandoc -t data/sample.lua
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Creating a custom writer requires writing a lua function for each
|
|
|
|
|
|
possible element in a pandoc document. To get a documented example
|
|
|
|
|
|
which you can modify according to your needs, do
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-14 03:25:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
pandoc --print-default-data-file sample.lua
|
2013-04-03 06:08:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-08 18:04:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
[lua]: http://www.lua.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 21:10:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Authors
|
|
|
|
|
|
=======
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-18 05:30:20 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright 2006-2017 John MacFarlane (jgm@berkeley.edu). Released
|
|
|
|
|
|
under the [GPL], version 2 or greater. This software carries no
|
|
|
|
|
|
warranty of any kind. (See COPYRIGHT for full copyright and
|
|
|
|
|
|
warranty notices.) For a full list of contributors, see the file
|
|
|
|
|
|
AUTHORS.md in the pandoc source code.
|
2010-07-24 19:36:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[GPL]: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html "GNU General Public License"
|
